Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Covington City Zoning Code

ARTICLE 158

04 Development Design Standards

Sec. 04.08.1 Purposes and Timing of Compliance

  • Purposes. The purposes of this Article are to:
      1. General
        1. Neighborhood Types. Establish descriptions of clusterplanned, and tiny house neighborhood types together with dimensional standards that permit their development. 
        2. Building, Frontage, and Open Space Types. Establish standards for the housing and building types, frontage types, and civic and open space types allowed in each character district or as associated with each building type; and
        3. Large Development Sites. Establish standards for large development sites.
      2. Lots. Consolidate provisions related to lot dimensions and density.
      3. Buildings, Elements, and Utilities
        1. Encourage Safety. Provide for the structural integrity, safety, durability, and improved maintenance of the facades of buildings;
        2. Promote Diversity. Promote coordinated design, authenticity, visual interest, articulation, and human scale for the exterior of a building; and
        3. Character. Ensure that buildings include high-quality materials, are well-designed, and contribute to the character of the community.
      4. Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
        1. Character. Protect the character and quality of life in neighborhoods from excessive, obtrusive, or inadequate parking;
        2. Appropriate Size. Avoid large expanses of paved areas that disrupt pedestrian circulation, create or worsen flooding issues, and drive up development cost;
        3. Modes of Transportation. Accommodate or bolster the use of all modes of transportation including walking, bicycling, transit, and driving;
        4. Interference. Ensure that loading areas do not interfere with the function of other vehicular use areas and with surrounding properties; and
        5. Circulation and Stacking. Require circulation and stacking areas to ensure safe and efficient circulation and all transportation modes within sites.
      5. Landscaping, Fencing, and Buffering.
        1. Environment. Aid in stabilizing the environment’s ecological balance by contributing to the process of air purification, oxygen regeneration, stormwater runoff mitigation, and groundwater recharge;

        2. Nuisances. Aid in the abatement of noise and glare;
        3. Tree Canopy. Aid in energy conservation by preserving and supplementing the City's tree canopy;

        4. Fencing. Establish standards for the placement, height, and design of fences;
        5. Visual Buffering. Provide visual buffering between certain uses or developments, and relief from the built environment;

        6. Property Values and Beautification. Protect and enhance property values and public and private investment, and enhance the beautification of the City; and
        7. Installation and Maintenance. Establish requirements for the installation and maintenance of landscaping on developed properties in order to improve, protect, and preserve the appearance, character and value of such properties and their surrounding neighborhoods. 

      6. Signs. The purpose of Division 13, Signs, is to establish a comprehensive scheme for the regulation of signs within the jurisdiction of the City of Covington. These regulations are designed to protect and promote the public health, safety and welfare by controlling the type, number, location and physical dimensions of signs, to prevent the disruptions, obstructions and hazards to vehicular and pedestrian traffic that signs may cause, and to enhance the quality of the environment in residential and nonresidential districts. As a basis for adopting these regulations, the City of Covington finds:
        1. Signs are an essential form of communication in the built environment, providing way-finding guides to residents, visitors, public safety officials, customers and potential customers of local businesses, delivery people and others.

        2. Signs also provide communication on public issues, as the U.S. Supreme Court found in City of LaDue v. Gilleo: Signs that react to a local happening or express a view on a controversial issue both reflect and animate change in the life of a community. Often placed on lawns or in windows, residential signs play an important part in political campaigns, during which they are displayed to signal the resident's support for particular candidates, parties, or causes. They may not afford the same opportunities for conveying complex ideas as do other media, but residential signs have long been an important and distinct medium of expression.

        3. Retailers and other businesses depend on signs to help people find their businesses, and, in a large and expensive media market like that of Cincinnati (a market which includes Covington), many small businesses depend on signs as one of the most affordable forms of advertising.

        4. Although signs thus serve many important purposes in society in general and in Covington in particular, there are other considerations that the City of Covington weighs heavily.

        5. Signs may distract drivers and lead to deaths and injuries to pedestrians and cyclists as well as to drivers and passengers and to property damage. Moving, flashing and rapidly changing signs are particularly distracting to drivers. A proliferation of signs on a particular site can have the same effect as moving signs, as drivers try to sort through the visual cacophony to find the information that they want or need.

        6. The Covington City Commission, with the advice of the Kenton County Planning Commission and its professional staff, and with input from residents through the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan planning process, has placed an increasing emphasis on preserving the sense of place and the design of the built environment; limiting the size, height and number of signs is an important tool in preserving a sense of place, a tool that accompanies the County’s standards for landscaping.
        7. The Kenton County Comprehensive Plan recommends that policies, regulations and incentives be developed and implemented that preserve and improve the existing community fabric.
        8. Balancing these competing considerations is particularly difficult in residential areas, where people value both their pleasing and visually appealing environments and their ability to communicate their opinions regarding candidates and public issues through yard signs.

        9. In updating its ordinance in 2016 after the Supreme Court’s landmark decision in Reed v. Town of Gilbert, the Covington City Commission, working with Kenton County Planning and Desgin Services staff and an outside consultant, has made a major effort to limit content as a factor in its sign regulations. After due consideration, however, it has concluded that one way to leave room for extensive free expression through signs in residential areas while limiting total sign clutter is to maintain significant limits on commercial signs in residential areas. Recognizing the importance of “for sale” and “for lease” signs in maintaining the occupancy of healthy neighborhoods (see the U.S. Supreme Court decision in Linmark Associates, Inc. v. Willingboro), those signs must remain. There is a similar utility in providing for yard sale signs, which allow people to dispose of unwanted items without sending them to a landfill.

        10. Although as the Court found in Reed v Gilbert, time limits on signs can be arbitrary, as the Court recognized in 2009 in Pleasant Grove v. City of Summum, a significant distinction between speakers expressing an opinion and signs is that “Speakers, however long-winded, will eventually come to the end of their remarks.” Members of the Covington City Commission have long noted that signs for political campaigns as well as those advertising pancake breakfasts and spaghetti dinners for civic organizations are often abandoned after the events, contributing to clutter long after they have served their purpose. Although such signs were once typically paper or cardboard that would eventually decay, many today are plastic and will remain until removed. Thus, despite the expressed concern of the Supreme Court with time limits, the Covington City Commission finds that it has a substantial governmental interest in clarifying the status of signs for past events that thus no longer serve a purpose so that there is a legal basis for the City of Covington to remove them or force their removal.

        11. The City of Covington has long allowed unlimited numbers of small signs bearing non-commercial messages to allow merchants and others to designate handicapped parking places, provide directions to ATMs and restrooms, warn of guard dogs and other hazards and provide a variety of other place-based information. With the prohibition of commercial messages on such signs, it has been the observation of Covington City Commission Fiscal Court members and their professional staff members that property owners are judicious and appropriate in posting such signs. The City of Covington thus finds that it has a substantial interest in allowing merchants and property owners freely to post necessary informational signs but without allowing an endless proliferation of commercial messages.

        12. Although in findings above the City of Covington has recognized the multiple values of signs in the built environment, Covington officials after consultation with the Planning Commission and representatives of cities and towns in the County concluded several years ago that there is no place for signs of overwhelming size and no relation to context in an urban and urbanizing environment like Covington. Although previous versions of these regulations followed the pattern of state and federal laws by defining such billboard as “off-site” signs, this ordinance addresses the same issue by establishing a form of circuit breaker size limit, prohibiting very large signs on small lots, on vacant lots, or on lots with only small buildings.

        13. These are complex public policy issues, and the Covington City Commission with the help of its professional planners, attorneys and outside consultant, has attempted to balance the competing considerations in a way that it believes best protects the public health, safety and welfare of the citizens of Covington, including its many valued businesses and the tens of thousands of visitors who arrive or pass through the City of Covington each month.
      7. Environment. Promote the public health, safety, and general welfare and minimize public and private loss due to flooding by provisions designed to address the following elements: 
        1. Uses. Restrict or prohibit uses which are dangerous to health, safety, general welfare, and property due to water erosion hazards, or which contribute to erosion, flood height, or velocity;

        2. Flood Damage Protection. Require that uses vulnerable to floods, including facilities which serve such uses, be protected against flood damage at the time of initial construction;

        3. Human Alterations. Control the alteration of natural floodplains, stream channels, and natural protective barriers which accommodate or channel flood waters;

        4. Development Activities. Control filling, grading, dredging, and other development which may increase erosion or flood damage; and

        5. Flood Hazard Prevention. Prevent or regulate the construction of flood barriers which will unnaturally divert floodwaters or which may increase flood hazards to other areas.

    1. Timing of Compliance. No Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued per Sec. 07.21.4, Certificate of Occupancy, until all site improvements required in this Article are constructed in conformance with the approved permit or plan required in Article 158.07, Development Review Procedures.

    Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.08.2 Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods

  • General. Three neighborhood types with special development standards are allowed in the districts set out in this Section. Development of any neighborhood type is at the option of the applicant. No neighborhood type is mandatory in any district. Properties within contexts that were developed before the effective date of the Neighborhood Development Code are subject to the standards of the applicable Character District.
  • Cluster Neighborhood.
      1. Purpose and Permitted Districts. A Cluster Neighborhood is permitted in the RR and SR districts and consists of Single-Family Dwellings developed in accordance with the cluster development standards in this Section, with smaller lots that are clustered together in order to provide for additional common open spaces. Often, the common open space is set-aside for resource features such as parks, recreation areas, woodlands, creeks and streams and their Riparian Areas, floodplains, and the like. Therefore, cluster development may be used to preserve environmental resources by clustering development on the buildable portions of the property. See Figure 04.08.2-1, Illustrative Cluster Neighborhood.
      2. Minimum Site Area. The minimum site area required for a Cluster Neighborhood is 10 acres.
      3. Common Open Space Requirements.
        1. Common open space shall, to the greatest extent practicable, be interconnected with other open space areas, greenways, and trail systems (if provided) within the development and on abutting lands where such integration is practical and does not materially compromise the resource value of the protection areas.
        2. At least 25 percent of the required common open space shall consist of the Park open space type, established in Sec. 04.08.7, Civic and Open Space Types, and be improved with active or semi-active outdoor recreational amenities, such as public swimming pools, private swimming pools, play areas, ball fields, picnic tables, or walking trails. The remainder of the required common open space shall consist of the natural area open space type per Subsec. 04.08.7.G, Natural Areas.
        3. Open space shall be integrated into the development design so as to bring access to significant open space to the maximum number of properties; provided, however, that physical access may be limited if such limitation would materially enhance natural resource management.
      4. Minimum Lot Area Adjacent to Other Development. Where adjacent to existing single-family development, cluster neighborhood lots on the perimeter shall be equal to or greater than the lot area and width of the adjacent lots. Alternatively, the dwelling units on the perimeter cluster lots shall be set back from the boundary of the cluster neighborhood a minimum of the following distances based on the number of cluster lots being developed:
        1. One to 10 lots: Required rear or side setback;
        2. 11 to 30 lots: 30 feet; and
        3. 31 or more lots: 50 feet.

     Figure 04.08.2-1, Illustrative Cluster Neighborhood

    1. Planned Neighborhood.
      1. Purpose and Permitted Districts. A Planned Neighborhood is permitted in the SR district. It allows four housing types, as delineated in Table 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Development Standards, and utilizes commonly-owned areas as organizing features. See Figure 04.08.2-2, Illustrative Planned Neighborhood.
      2. Minimum Site Area. The minimum site area required for a Planned Neighborhood is 10 acres.
      3. Abutting Different Building Types
        1. Different housing types within a planned neighborhood may be integrated together or may be located apart from one another with the required open space providing a buffer between the housing types.
        2. Where a planned neighborhood abuts, is adjacent to, or is located across an urban local street or urban minor collector street, as designated in Kenton County Comprehensive Plan, from existing housing, the proposed development on lots that are immediately adjacent and/or across the street from existing housing shall be comparable to the existing housing in terms of the housing type (unless such a housing type is not permitted per Table 04.08.2), scale, and method of access.
      4. Common Open Space Requirements.
        1. The required common open space may consist of any open space type permitted in the SR district and established in Sec. 04.08.7, Civic and Open Space Types.
        2. Where Single-Family Detached or Single-Family Attached dwelling units abut Duplexes, a bufferyard in accordance with Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards, may be used to provide for enhanced compatibility between housing types.
      5. Vehicular Access to Lots within Development. Lots shall take access to an interior street, alley, parking court, or shared driveway. If a perimeter street is also an urban local street as designated in Kenton County Comprehensive Plan, lots shall front on the perimeter street and may take access from it if the lots across the street also take access from the street.
      6. Minimum Lot Area Adjacent to Other Development. Where adjacent to existing single-family development, Planned Neighborhood lots on the perimeter shall be equal to or greater than the lot area and width of the adjacent lots. Alternatively, the dwelling units on the perimeter planned lots shall be set back from the boundary of the Planned Neighborhood a minimum of the following distances:
        1. One to 10 lots: Required rear setback;
        2. 11 to 30 lots: 75 feet; and
        3. 31 or more lots: 100 feet

     Figure 04.08.2-2, Illustrative Planned Neighborhood

    1. Tiny House Neighborhood.
      1. Purpose and Permitted Districts. A Tiny House Neighborhood is permitted in the SR and SU character districts. It allows a concentration of Tiny Houses, as delineated in Table 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Development Standards, and utilizes common areas as organizing features.
      2. Minimum Site Area. The minimum site area required for a Tiny House Neighborhood is three acres.
      3. Minimum Dwelling Units in SU District. A Tiny House Neighborhood in the SU character district shall include a minimum of 50 Tiny Houses.
      4. Tiny House Building Requirements. Tiny Houses that are part of a Tiny House Neighborhood shall be constructed on a permanent foundation. Tiny Houses on wheels or other non-permanent foundation are regulated as Recreational Vehicles and are prohibited from being part of a Tiny House Neighborhood.
      5. Bufferyard Requirements. Where located adjacent to a separate property in an RR, SR, SU, or mixed use district, a Type II bufferyard in accordance with Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards, shall be planted around the outer perimeter of the community.
      6. Required Vehicular Access to Tiny House Neighborhood. A Tiny House Neighborhood requires direct access from a collecter or arterial street.
      7. Required Lot Access
        1. Each lot or building site shall have direct access to public rights-of-way or to an access easement.
        2. Access within a Tiny House Neighborhood requires:
          1. A minimum pavement width of 30 feet for a minimum distance of 60 feet from a public right-of-way;
          2. A minimum pavement width of 24 feet for two-way traffic or 15 feet (with an unobstructed width of 24 feet) for one-way traffic for a minimum distance of 60 feet from a public right-of-way; and 
          3. In the SR district, a maximum cul-de-sac length of 150 feet and with a minimum turning radius adequate for emergency vehicles.
        3. A cul-de-sac in a Tiny House Neighborhood is prohibited in the SU districts.
      8. Required Elements. A tiny house community shall include the following common elements:
        1. The minimum open space required by Table 04.08.3.O, Tiny House, shall include natural or planted open space, improved pedestrian walkways to each dwelling, and connections to the public sidewalk network;

        2. A shared parking area, a common building used for recreation and/or storage, a picnic area, community garden space, or other common amenity; and

        3. If a common building is provided, it shall not exceed 1,000 square feet of gross floor area and shall not be used as a permanent dwelling unit.

    1. Sample Calculations for Maximum Permitted Number of Units.
    1. Cluster. In the SR district, cluster neighborhood type:
          1. Parcel Size: Assume a 40-acre parcel proposed for development
          2. Required Open Space: 40 acres multiplied by a minimum open space ratio of 0.25 (required in Minimum open space ratio in Table 04.08.2, below) = 10 acres
          3. Buildable Acres: 40 acres minus 10 acres of open space = 30 buildable acres
          4. Maximum Permitted Units30 buildable acres multiplied by 1.5 units per acre = 45 units (as opposed to 40 units in a non-cluster neighborhood)
    1. Planned. In the SR district, planned neighborhood type:
          1. Parcel Size: Assume a 40-acre parcel proposed for development
          2. Required Open Space40 acres multiplied by a minimum open space ratio of 0.45 (required in Minimum open space ratio in Table 04.08.2, below)=  18 acres
          3. Buildable Acres40 acres minus 18 acres of open space = 22 buildable acres
          4. Acres per Building Type. In this sample calculation, the developer has chosen to split their 22 buildable acres into 3 acres of single-family detached, 10 acres of single-family attached, 4 acres of duplexes, and 5 acres of lot line dwellings per the following:
            1. Acres of Single-Family Detached: 3 acres of single-family detached multiplied by 2.825 units per acre = 8 units
            2. Acres of Single-Family Attached: 10 acres of single-family attached multiplied by 5.932 units per acre = 59 units
            3. Acres of Duplexes: 4 acres of duplexes multiplied by 3.387 units per acre = 14 units
            4. Acres of Lot Line: 5 acres of lot line multiplied by 4.088 units per acre = 20 units
          5. Maximum Permitted Units101 mixed housing units total (as opposed to 96 units in a cluster neighborhood or 83 in a non-cluster neighborhood)
    1. Development Standards. Table 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Development Standards, sets forth the standards for these residential neighborhood types. The standards in this table supercede the standards for specific housing types in Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, where applicable to the Rural Residential (RR), Suburban Residential (SR), and Semi-Urban Residential (SU) districts.  See Division 28, Calculations and Measurements, for the methodology of measuring the standards in each column heading under Development Standards and Lot and Building Standards in the table.

    Table 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Development Standards

    DistrictNeighborhood Type and/or Development Type Development StandardsLot and Building Standards 
    Max. DUs / AcreMin. Open Space Ratio1 Min. Lot Area per DUMin. Lot WidthMin. Setbacks (feet)
    StreetInterior SideStreet Side Rear
    RRCluster (SFD)1.525%20,000 sf.90 feet 351520225
    SRCluster (SFD)2.41725%12,500 sf.80 feet257.515225
    SRPlanned SFD2.82545%7,500 sf.60 feet25515225
    SRPlannedSFA5.93245%3,000 sf.30 feet100/53152104
    SRPlannedDuplex3.38745%6,000 sf.60 feet25515225
    SRPlannedLot Line4.08845%5,000 sf.40 feet250/103152154
    SRTiny House10.04535%2,000 sf.25 feet1051010
    SUTiny House16.57935%1,000 sf.20 feet5555

    TABLE NOTES: 

    sf. = Square feet; SFD = Single-family detached; SFA = Single-family attached.
    Per subdivision, not per lot. 
    A garage shall be setback a minimum of 25 feet if it opens to exterior side yard.
    3 The zero-foot setback applies to the side of a dwelling unit that is attached to another dwelling unit or is permitted to be constructed along a side lot line.
    4 A 20-feet setback is required if abutting a principal arterial street or interstate.  

    1. Requirements for Phased Developments. The maximum residential development capacity of the entire parcel proposed for development shall be used for calculating compliance with the minimum open space ratio and maximum dwelling units per acre set out in Table 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Development Standards. In addition, the required open space shall be proportionately provided per phase. 

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.08.4 Accessory Structures

  • General. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the following standards shall apply to all accessory structures.
    1. Time of Construction. Accessory structures shall be constructed in conjunction with or after the principal building.
    2. Subordination. Accessory structures shall be of secondary importance and subordinate to the principal building.
    3. Lot and Building Standards.  The lot and building standards of the primary district or principal building type apply to an accessory structure, unless otherwise expressly stated.
    4. Lot Coverage. In the Residential and Mixed-Use districts, the combined footprint floor area of all detached, covered accessory structures on a given lot shall not exceed the footprint floor area of the principal building on the same lot. In all other districts, a single detached, covered accessory structure may not have a larger footprint floor area than the building footprint of the principal building on the same lot.
    5. Height of Accessory Structures. Unless otherwise expressly stated, accessory structures may not exceed the height of the principal building on the same lot.
  • Accessory Uses. Refer to Sec. 03.07.7, Accessory Uses, for provisions related to accessory uses.
  • Specific Standards. The following standards shall apply to specified accessory structures.
    1. Carriage House. The standards for a carriage house building type are provided in Subsec. 04.08.3.C, Carriage House. 
    2. Carport.
      1. A carport shall be set back at least 5 feet from the front facade of the principal building. Where an improved alley is available, carport access shall take place from the alley.
      2. A carport shall be set back at least five feet from rear property lines.
    3. Residential Attached and Detached Garages.
      1. Residential garages shall be located on the same lot as the principal building.
      2. Street-facing garage doors (whether on attached or detached garages) may comprise no more than 40 percent of the width of the front facade of the detached dwelling, attached dwelling, or two-unit dwelling to which it is accessory. Such street-facing garage doors shall be recessed from the front facade at least five feet and shall be set back from the front property line per the standards in Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. The intent of these standards is to prevent garages from being the dominant visual feature on the front of the building.
      3. Detached garages shall be set back at least five feet from side property lines and rear property lines, except where the Director of Public Works confirms through an approved Encroachment Permit that a shorter setback from side property lines and rear property lines would still meet pedestrian safety, vehicular maneuvering, and public infrastructure alteration standards.
    4. Satellite Dish Antennas.
      1. Satellite dish antennas up to one meter (39.4 inches) in diameter are permitted as accessory uses in all zones. They shall comply with all setback requirements of the subject zone, except as expressly indicated in Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
      2. Satellite dish antennas over one meter in diameter, up to 3 meters (118.2 inches) in diameter, are a permitted as accessory uses in all commercial and industrial zones, subject to the following standards:
        1. Antennas may be erected on the roof or attached to a principal building, provided the maximum height of the installation does not exceed the maximum allowable height of the subject zone or more than 15 feet above the top of the building on which it is to be located, whichever is less. Satellite dish antennas that are mounted on the roof or attached to the building shall be located in a manner so as to detract as little as possible from the architectural character of the building.
        2. Satellite dish antennas shall comply with all setback requirements of the subject district, except as expressly indicated in Sec. 04.10.3, Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
        3. A building permit is required for each satellite dish antenna installation.
      3. Any satellite dish antenna not expressly permitted by paragraphs a and b above requires conditional use approval.
  • Exemptions. Refer to Sec. 07.21.9Zoning Permit, for provisions related to exemptions from zoning permit requirements.
  • (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.08.5 Temporary Structures

  • General. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the following standards shall apply to all temporary structures.  
      1. Temporary Use Permit. Any owner of a temporary structure shall receive and display a valid temporary use permit from the Administrator. Any activity taking place within or on the temporary structure shall comply with the standards in Sec. 03.07.8, Temporary Uses. 
      2. Duration. The maximum duration of a temporary structure is for 30 days at one location, renewable up to 2 additional times, for a total period of 90 days per calendar year at a single location.
      3. More than Two Renewals.  A Conditional Use Permit in accordance with Sec. 07.23.2, Conditional Use Permit, shall be required if an applicant wishes to renew a temporary use permit for the same or similar structure on the same property more than two times in a calendar year. 
      4. Property Owner's Permission. The owner of a temporary structure shall obtain, in writing, the permission of the property owner to place a temporary structure on his or her property and shall submit a copy to the Administrator.
      5. Right-of-Way.  The placement of a temporary structure in the public right-of-way shall require an Encroachment Permit from the Director of Public Works. A temporary structure in the public right-of-way shall not require a zoning permit.
    1. Specific Standards. The following standards shall apply to specific temporary structures, which shall require a Temporary Use Permit.
      1. Outdoor Dining (Nonresidential)
        1. A decorative fence, wall, or similar barrier shall be erected and maintained between an outdoor dining area and a right-of-way. The fence, wall or barrier shall be at least three feet in height.  The barrier shall be designed to permit access from the building to the adjacent public right-of-way.
        2. Outdoor waste and recycling receptacles for customers shall be provided, conveniently located, regularly serviced, and maintained.
      2. Portable Storage.
        1. Portable storage containers that are not deemed a permanent structure are prohibited within a Residential or Mixed-Use district or upon a vacant Commercial and Office or Industrial lot, except where the containers provide necessary storage for an active construction project, are necessitated by an unforeseen and uncontrollable event, or to assist in moving in or out of a residence.

        2. A portable storage unit shall not encroach into setbacks or over sidewalks.

        3. On nonresidential parcels, the unit shall be located behind the principal building.

        4. The maximum duration of a portable storage unit shall be two weeks if located in a residential driveway. The maximum duration shall be three months if it is located behind a principal building and screened from view from public rights-of-way and surrounding residential and mixed-use properties.

        5. Storage containers that comply with the building code shall be deemed a permanent structure and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Sec. 04.10.4, Exterior Material Standards.
      3. Temporary Construction Office or Equipment Storage. The office or equipment storage shall be permitted from the time a Building Permit is approved until 30 days after a Certificate of Occupancy is issued.

    2. Exemptions.  The following temporary structures shall not require a Temporary Use Permit but shall comply with the standards in Subsection A., General, above and may require other approvals according to the Code of Ordinances

      1. Garage or yard sales;

      2. Outdoor seasonal produce sales;
      3. Sidewalk sale; and

      4. Parklet.

    3. Temporary Uses. Refer to Sec. 03.07.8, Temporary Uses, for provisions related to temporary uses.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.08.8 Additional Standards for Large Development Sites

  • Applicability. The following provisions apply for new development or redevelopment on sites or lots of sizes specified below.
  • Pedestrian Passages. For new development proposed on 50 percent or more of the square footage of an existing block that is over 800 feet in length along any adjoining public right-of-way, the following standards shall apply to ensure pedestrian connectivity through the site;
    1. Purpose. A pedestrian passage shall be provided for convenient and easy walking access through the block between adjoining public thoroughfares. Pedestrian passages are restricted to pedestrian use and may have limited vehicular access for maintenance and operational purposes.
    2. Location. Pedestrian passages shall be located near the middle of a block, and are intended to provide connectivity to existing pedestrian networks and connect to other public spaces such as sidewalks, plazas, courtyards, thoroughfares, alleys, and parking garages.
    3. Width. Pedestrian passages shall be designated as a public access easement or public right of way and shall be a minimum of 20 feet in width with a paved walkway a minimum of 10 feet wide.
    4. Existing Pedestrian Passage. Where a pedestrian passage currently exists within a development or redevelopment site, it may be improved upon to meet the standards above and satisfy the requirement of this Section.
  • Low Impact Development. On any development or redevelopment site larger than two acres, a minimum of 25 percent of required landscaped areas shall be designed and constructed to serve as stormwater infiltration and treatment facilities for stormwater falling on impervious surfaces within the development. Such facilities may include a green roof.
     
  • Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.09.1 Applicability

  • Consolidated References. Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts), provide a consolidated reference for lot area and width requirements in this NDC.  If there is a conflict between these tables and the requirements in the subsections of Division 04, Primary Districts, or Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, then Tables 04.09.2-1 and 04.09.2-2 shall govern.
  • Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), provides standards based on a given building type and applies to the following character districts:
    1. Semi-Urban Residential (SU), Subsec. 02.04.1.C;
    2. Commercial Mixed Use (CMU), Subsec. 02.04.3.A;
    3. Central Riverfront Mixed-Use District (CRM), Subsec. 02.04.3.B;
    4. Downtown Core (DTC), Subsec. 02.04.3.C;
    5. Downtown Riverfront (DTR), Subsec. 02.04.3.D;
    6. Traditional Urban Mixed Use (TUMU), Subsec. 02.04.3.E; and
    7. Traditional Urban Residential (TUR), Subsec. 02.04.3.F.
  • Non-Mixed Use or SU Districts. Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed Use or SU Districts), provides standards based on a given character district and applies to the following character districts:
    1. Rural Residential (RR), Subsec. 02.04.1.A;
    2. Suburban Residential (SR), Subsec. 02.04.1.B;
    3. Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC), Subsec. 02.04.2.A;
    4. Suburban Office (SO), Subsec. 02.04.2.B;
    5. Suburban Industrial (SI), Subsec. 02.04.4.A;
    6. Limited Industrial (LI), Subsec. 02.04.4.B; and
    7. General Industrial (GI), Subsec. 02.04.4.C.
  • Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.09.2 Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables

  • Nonconformities. Nonconforming lots and buildings are subject to the provisions of Article 158.05Nonconformities.
  • Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts)1, 2, 3, 4
    Building Type

    Minimum Lot Area

    Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Building Gross Floor Area Per Dwelling Unit5, 6
    Apartment BuildingLesser of (1) 10,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context400 sq. ft.
    Corner StoreLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    DuplexLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Flex Building30,000 sq. ft.100 feetN/A
    Large Format Building1 acre150 feetN/A
    Lot Line DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Mixed Use BuildingLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    Public and Civic BuildingLesser of (1) 6,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Qualified Manufactured HomeLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context900 sq. ft.
    ShopLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Attached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Detached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Tiny House7Lesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextSee Subsec. 04.08.3.OTiny House
    Townhouse/RowhouseLesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similar-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Triplex/Quadplex BuildingLesser of (1) 5,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context700 sq. ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    1 This Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1, Applicability.

    2 Where referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

    3 Where referenced, "similarly-developed lot" means a lot improved with a similar building as the proposed.

    4 These standards may be modified in instances of a Cluster NeighborhoodPlanned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood development per the provisions of Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    5 Gross Floor Area is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    6 Where permitted, an Upper-Story Dwelling Unit shall require a minimum building gross floor area of 400 sq. ft. per dwelling unit.

    7 Where a Tiny House Neighborhood is proposed in the SU district, these standards may be modified per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts)1, 2, 3, 4
    Building Type

    Minimum Lot Area

    Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Building Gross Floor Area Per Dwelling Unit5, 6
    Apartment BuildingLesser of (1) 10,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context400 sq. ft.
    Corner StoreLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    DuplexLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Flex Building30,000 sq. ft.100 feetN/A
    Large Format Building1 acre150 feetN/A
    Lot Line DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Mixed Use BuildingLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    Public and Civic BuildingLesser of (1) 6,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Qualified Manufactured HomeLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context900 sq. ft.
    ShopLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Attached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Detached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Tiny House7Lesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextSee Subsec. 04.08.3.OTiny House
    Townhouse/RowhouseLesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similar-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Triplex/Quadplex BuildingLesser of (1) 5,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context700 sq. ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    1 This Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1, Applicability.

    2 Where referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

    3 Where referenced, "similarly-developed lot" means a lot improved with a similar building as the proposed.

    4 These standards may be modified in instances of a Cluster NeighborhoodPlanned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood development per the provisions of Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    5 Gross Floor Area is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    6 Where permitted, an Upper-Story Dwelling Unit shall require a minimum building gross floor area of 400 sq. ft. per dwelling unit.

    7 Where a Tiny House Neighborhood is proposed in the SU district, these standards may be modified per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts)1, 2, 3, 4
    Building Type

    Minimum Lot Area

    Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Building Gross Floor Area Per Dwelling Unit5, 6
    Apartment BuildingLesser of (1) 10,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context400 sq. ft.
    Corner StoreLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    DuplexLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Flex Building30,000 sq. ft.100 feetN/A
    Large Format Building1 acre150 feetN/A
    Lot Line DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Mixed Use BuildingLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    Public and Civic BuildingLesser of (1) 6,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Qualified Manufactured HomeLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context900 sq. ft.
    ShopLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Attached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Detached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Tiny House7Lesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextSee Subsec. 04.08.3.OTiny House
    Townhouse/RowhouseLesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similar-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Triplex/Quadplex BuildingLesser of (1) 5,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context700 sq. ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    1 This Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1, Applicability.

    2 Where referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

    3 Where referenced, "similarly-developed lot" means a lot improved with a similar building as the proposed.

    4 These standards may be modified in instances of a Cluster NeighborhoodPlanned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood development per the provisions of Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    5 Gross Floor Area is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    6 Where permitted, an Upper-Story Dwelling Unit shall require a minimum building gross floor area of 400 sq. ft. per dwelling unit.

    7 Where a Tiny House Neighborhood is proposed in the SU district, these standards may be modified per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts)1, 2, 3, 4
    Building Type

    Minimum Lot Area

    Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Building Gross Floor Area Per Dwelling Unit5, 6
    Apartment BuildingLesser of (1) 10,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context400 sq. ft.
    Corner StoreLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    DuplexLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Flex Building30,000 sq. ft.100 feetN/A
    Large Format Building1 acre150 feetN/A
    Lot Line DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Mixed Use BuildingLesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A6
    Public and Civic BuildingLesser of (1) 6,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Qualified Manufactured HomeLesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context900 sq. ft.
    ShopLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Attached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Single-Family Detached DwellingLesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Tiny House7Lesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the contextSee Subsec. 04.08.3.OTiny House
    Townhouse/RowhouseLesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similar-developed lot within the contextN/A
    Triplex/Quadplex BuildingLesser of (1) 5,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the contextLesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context700 sq. ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    1 This Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1, Applicability.

    2 Where referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

    3 Where referenced, "similarly-developed lot" means a lot improved with a similar building as the proposed.

    4 These standards may be modified in instances of a Cluster NeighborhoodPlanned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood development per the provisions of Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    5 Gross Floor Area is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    6 Where permitted, an Upper-Story Dwelling Unit shall require a minimum building gross floor area of 400 sq. ft. per dwelling unit.

    7 Where a Tiny House Neighborhood is proposed in the SU district, these standards may be modified per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.

    Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts)1
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.
    Maximum Dwelling Units per AcreMinimum Lot Area2Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Site Area3Minimum Open Space (percentage of total development land area)Maximum Floor Area Ratio4
    Rural Residential (RR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood61.00040,000 sf.125 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood71.50020,000 sf.90 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Suburban Residential (SR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood62.06420,000 sf.100 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood72.41712,500 sf.80 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Planned Neighborhood72.8257,500 sf.60 ft.10 acres45%N/A
    Tiny House Neighborhood710.0452,00025 ft.3 acres35%N/A
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)N/A20,000 sf.125 ft.N/A30%.33
    Suburban Office (SO)N/A20,000 sf.150 ft.N/A45%.66
    Suburban Industrial (SI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A20%.66
    Limited Industrial (LI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A15%.80
    General Industrial (GI)N/AN/A200 ft.N/A10%.80
    Resource Protection (RP)N/A1 acre150 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Recreation (REC)N/A5 acres150 ft.N/AN/AN/A

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; ft. = Feet

    1 This Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1Applicability.

    2 The standards in this column apply to individual lots developed with separate principal buildings and/or uses.

    3 The standards in this column apply to the total land area of one lot or a collection of adjoining or adjacent lots upon which a specified type of development is proposed.

    4 Floor Area Ratio is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    5 The standards in these rows apply only to residential development in the Rural Residential (RR) and Suburban Residential (SR) districts. Where non-residential development is permitted within those districts, the corresponding lot and building area standards for the Suburban Office (SO) district apply.

    6 The standards for auto-oriented neighborhoods apply to residential developments that are not considered part of a Cluster Neighborhood, Planned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood, per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    7 The standards in these rows may be modified by the provisions in Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts)1
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.
    Maximum Dwelling Units per AcreMinimum Lot Area2Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Site Area3Minimum Open Space (percentage of total development land area)Maximum Floor Area Ratio4
    Rural Residential (RR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood61.00040,000 sf.125 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood71.50020,000 sf.90 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Suburban Residential (SR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood62.06420,000 sf.100 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood72.41712,500 sf.80 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Planned Neighborhood72.8257,500 sf.60 ft.10 acres45%N/A
    Tiny House Neighborhood710.0452,00025 ft.3 acres35%N/A
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)N/A20,000 sf.125 ft.N/A30%.33
    Suburban Office (SO)N/A20,000 sf.150 ft.N/A45%.66
    Suburban Industrial (SI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A20%.66
    Limited Industrial (LI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A15%.80
    General Industrial (GI)N/AN/A200 ft.N/A10%.80
    Resource Protection (RP)N/A1 acre150 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Recreation (REC)N/A5 acres150 ft.N/AN/AN/A

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; ft. = Feet

    1 This Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1Applicability.

    2 The standards in this column apply to individual lots developed with separate principal buildings and/or uses.

    3 The standards in this column apply to the total land area of one lot or a collection of adjoining or adjacent lots upon which a specified type of development is proposed.

    4 Floor Area Ratio is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    5 The standards in these rows apply only to residential development in the Rural Residential (RR) and Suburban Residential (SR) districts. Where non-residential development is permitted within those districts, the corresponding lot and building area standards for the Suburban Office (SO) district apply.

    6 The standards for auto-oriented neighborhoods apply to residential developments that are not considered part of a Cluster Neighborhood, Planned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood, per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    7 The standards in these rows may be modified by the provisions in Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts)1
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.
    Maximum Dwelling Units per AcreMinimum Lot Area2Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Site Area3Minimum Open Space (percentage of total development land area)Maximum Floor Area Ratio4
    Rural Residential (RR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood61.00040,000 sf.125 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood71.50020,000 sf.90 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Suburban Residential (SR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood62.06420,000 sf.100 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood72.41712,500 sf.80 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Planned Neighborhood72.8257,500 sf.60 ft.10 acres45%N/A
    Tiny House Neighborhood710.0452,00025 ft.3 acres35%N/A
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)N/A20,000 sf.125 ft.N/A30%.33
    Suburban Office (SO)N/A20,000 sf.150 ft.N/A45%.66
    Suburban Industrial (SI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A20%.66
    Limited Industrial (LI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A15%.80
    General Industrial (GI)N/AN/A200 ft.N/A10%.80
    Resource Protection (RP)N/A1 acre150 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Recreation (REC)N/A5 acres150 ft.N/AN/AN/A

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; ft. = Feet

    1 This Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1Applicability.

    2 The standards in this column apply to individual lots developed with separate principal buildings and/or uses.

    3 The standards in this column apply to the total land area of one lot or a collection of adjoining or adjacent lots upon which a specified type of development is proposed.

    4 Floor Area Ratio is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    5 The standards in these rows apply only to residential development in the Rural Residential (RR) and Suburban Residential (SR) districts. Where non-residential development is permitted within those districts, the corresponding lot and building area standards for the Suburban Office (SO) district apply.

    6 The standards for auto-oriented neighborhoods apply to residential developments that are not considered part of a Cluster Neighborhood, Planned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood, per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    7 The standards in these rows may be modified by the provisions in Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts)1
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.
    Maximum Dwelling Units per AcreMinimum Lot Area2Minimum Lot WidthMinimum Site Area3Minimum Open Space (percentage of total development land area)Maximum Floor Area Ratio4
    Rural Residential (RR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood61.00040,000 sf.125 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood71.50020,000 sf.90 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Suburban Residential (SR)5Auto-Oriented Neighborhood62.06420,000 sf.100 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Cluster Neighborhood72.41712,500 sf.80 ft.10 acres30%N/A
    Planned Neighborhood72.8257,500 sf.60 ft.10 acres45%N/A
    Tiny House Neighborhood710.0452,00025 ft.3 acres35%N/A
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)N/A20,000 sf.125 ft.N/A30%.33
    Suburban Office (SO)N/A20,000 sf.150 ft.N/A45%.66
    Suburban Industrial (SI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A20%.66
    Limited Industrial (LI)N/AN/A150 ft.N/A15%.80
    General Industrial (GI)N/AN/A200 ft.N/A10%.80
    Resource Protection (RP)N/A1 acre150 ft.N/AN/AN/A
    Recreation (REC)N/A5 acres150 ft.N/AN/AN/A

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; ft. = Feet

    1 This Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts), applies to development only in the character districts specified in Sec. 04.09.1Applicability.

    2 The standards in this column apply to individual lots developed with separate principal buildings and/or uses.

    3 The standards in this column apply to the total land area of one lot or a collection of adjoining or adjacent lots upon which a specified type of development is proposed.

    4 Floor Area Ratio is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    5 The standards in these rows apply only to residential development in the Rural Residential (RR) and Suburban Residential (SR) districts. Where non-residential development is permitted within those districts, the corresponding lot and building area standards for the Suburban Office (SO) district apply.

    6 The standards for auto-oriented neighborhoods apply to residential developments that are not considered part of a Cluster Neighborhood, Planned Neighborhood, or Tiny House Neighborhood, per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    7 The standards in these rows may be modified by the provisions in Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where permitted.

    Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.10.1 Applicability

    Table 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards, provides a consolidated reference for minimum and maximum building setback, building width, impervious area, and total building height requirements in this NDC.  If there is a conflict between this table and the requirements in Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, then Table 04.10.2 shall govern. 

    Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.10.2 Building Placement and Massing Table

    Table 04.10.2, Building Placement and Massing Standards by District
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards1,2

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.

    A= Front Street Setback

    B= Side Street Setback 

    C= Interior Side Setback

    D= Rear Setback

    E= Street-Facing Garage Door Setback

    F= Total Building Height (stories or feet, as indicated)

    AB3C10DE4F7
    Rural Residential (RR)Min.Lesser of (1) 30 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average10 ft.Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Residential (SR)Min.Lesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Semi-Urban Residential (SU)Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 4 ft. or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of  (1) 25 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks Greater of (1) 1 story or (2) 80% of context average
    Max.Greater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 2 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Office (SO)Min.Lesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Commercial Mixed Use (CMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Central Riverfront Mixed-Use (CRM)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/A10 stories
    Downtown Core (DTC)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.5 ft.5 ft.N/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 7 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Downtown Riverfront (DTR)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 20 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Traditional Urban Mixed Use (TUMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 3 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Traditional Urban Residential (TUR)9Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Industrial (SI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Limited Industrial (LI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    General Industrial (GI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Resource Protection (RP)8Min.50 ft.825 ft.825 ft.850 ft.8N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A25 ft.
    Recreation (REC)Min.50 ft.25 ft.25 ft.50 ft.N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A35 ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    ft. = Feet

    1 The standards in this table apply generally to all structures within specified character districts but may be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, and the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    Where a given standard relates to a context average, the context shall be defined per Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context and 09.28.3, Setbacks and Yard Types.

    3 This set of standards for side street setback applies to side street lot lines as defined in Sec. 09.28.4Lots and Lot Lines, that are not set along the primary street of a given property; such as a corner lot.

    4 This set of standards for street-facing garage door setback applies only where street-facing garage doors are provided. Certain building types are prohibited from having a street-facing garage door regardless of the Character District per the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    5 [Reserved]

    6 [Reserved]

    7 This set of standards for overall building height may be further restricted or permitted to increase for lots with specific building types as indicated in applicable subsections of Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

    8 Development within the RP district further requires a 50-foot setback from any adjacent or included Riparian Areas.

    9 In case of discrepancy with similar provisions in individual mixed-use character districts, this Table 04.10.2 shall govern.

    10 The interior side setback standards are cumulative for each lot. For example, if this column reads a five (5) feet minimum, then a given lot could provide a setback of zero (0) and five (5), one (1) and four (4), etc.

    Table 04.10.2, Building Placement and Massing Standards by District
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards1,2

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.

    A= Front Street Setback

    B= Side Street Setback 

    C= Interior Side Setback

    D= Rear Setback

    E= Street-Facing Garage Door Setback

    F= Total Building Height (stories or feet, as indicated)

    AB3C10DE4F7
    Rural Residential (RR)Min.Lesser of (1) 30 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average10 ft.Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Residential (SR)Min.Lesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Semi-Urban Residential (SU)Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 4 ft. or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of  (1) 25 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks Greater of (1) 1 story or (2) 80% of context average
    Max.Greater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 2 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Office (SO)Min.Lesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Commercial Mixed Use (CMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Central Riverfront Mixed-Use (CRM)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/A10 stories
    Downtown Core (DTC)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.5 ft.5 ft.N/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 7 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Downtown Riverfront (DTR)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 20 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Traditional Urban Mixed Use (TUMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 3 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Traditional Urban Residential (TUR)9Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Industrial (SI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Limited Industrial (LI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    General Industrial (GI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Resource Protection (RP)8Min.50 ft.825 ft.825 ft.850 ft.8N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A25 ft.
    Recreation (REC)Min.50 ft.25 ft.25 ft.50 ft.N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A35 ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    ft. = Feet

    1 The standards in this table apply generally to all structures within specified character districts but may be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, and the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    Where a given standard relates to a context average, the context shall be defined per Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context and 09.28.3, Setbacks and Yard Types.

    3 This set of standards for side street setback applies to side street lot lines as defined in Sec. 09.28.4Lots and Lot Lines, that are not set along the primary street of a given property; such as a corner lot.

    4 This set of standards for street-facing garage door setback applies only where street-facing garage doors are provided. Certain building types are prohibited from having a street-facing garage door regardless of the Character District per the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    5 [Reserved]

    6 [Reserved]

    7 This set of standards for overall building height may be further restricted or permitted to increase for lots with specific building types as indicated in applicable subsections of Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

    8 Development within the RP district further requires a 50-foot setback from any adjacent or included Riparian Areas.

    9 In case of discrepancy with similar provisions in individual mixed-use character districts, this Table 04.10.2 shall govern.

    10 The interior side setback standards are cumulative for each lot. For example, if this column reads a five (5) feet minimum, then a given lot could provide a setback of zero (0) and five (5), one (1) and four (4), etc.

    Table 04.10.2, Building Placement and Massing Standards by District
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards1,2

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.

    A= Front Street Setback

    B= Side Street Setback 

    C= Interior Side Setback

    D= Rear Setback

    E= Street-Facing Garage Door Setback

    F= Total Building Height (stories or feet, as indicated)

    AB3C10DE4F7
    Rural Residential (RR)Min.Lesser of (1) 30 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average10 ft.Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Residential (SR)Min.Lesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Semi-Urban Residential (SU)Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 4 ft. or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of  (1) 25 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks Greater of (1) 1 story or (2) 80% of context average
    Max.Greater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 2 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Office (SO)Min.Lesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Commercial Mixed Use (CMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Central Riverfront Mixed-Use (CRM)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/A10 stories
    Downtown Core (DTC)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.5 ft.5 ft.N/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 7 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Downtown Riverfront (DTR)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 20 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Traditional Urban Mixed Use (TUMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 3 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Traditional Urban Residential (TUR)9Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Industrial (SI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Limited Industrial (LI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    General Industrial (GI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Resource Protection (RP)8Min.50 ft.825 ft.825 ft.850 ft.8N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A25 ft.
    Recreation (REC)Min.50 ft.25 ft.25 ft.50 ft.N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A35 ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    ft. = Feet

    1 The standards in this table apply generally to all structures within specified character districts but may be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, and the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    Where a given standard relates to a context average, the context shall be defined per Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context and 09.28.3, Setbacks and Yard Types.

    3 This set of standards for side street setback applies to side street lot lines as defined in Sec. 09.28.4Lots and Lot Lines, that are not set along the primary street of a given property; such as a corner lot.

    4 This set of standards for street-facing garage door setback applies only where street-facing garage doors are provided. Certain building types are prohibited from having a street-facing garage door regardless of the Character District per the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    5 [Reserved]

    6 [Reserved]

    7 This set of standards for overall building height may be further restricted or permitted to increase for lots with specific building types as indicated in applicable subsections of Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

    8 Development within the RP district further requires a 50-foot setback from any adjacent or included Riparian Areas.

    9 In case of discrepancy with similar provisions in individual mixed-use character districts, this Table 04.10.2 shall govern.

    10 The interior side setback standards are cumulative for each lot. For example, if this column reads a five (5) feet minimum, then a given lot could provide a setback of zero (0) and five (5), one (1) and four (4), etc.

    Table 04.10.2, Building Placement and Massing Standards by District
    Character District

    Dimensional Standards1,2

    Units are in feet unless otherwise stated.

    A= Front Street Setback

    B= Side Street Setback 

    C= Interior Side Setback

    D= Rear Setback

    E= Street-Facing Garage Door Setback

    F= Total Building Height (stories or feet, as indicated)

    AB3C10DE4F7
    Rural Residential (RR)Min.Lesser of (1) 30 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average10 ft.Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Residential (SR)Min.Lesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Semi-Urban Residential (SU)Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 4 ft. or (2) 80% of context average

    Lesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of  (1) 25 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks Greater of (1) 1 story or (2) 80% of context average
    Max.Greater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 35 ft. or (2) 120% of context average
    Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC)Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 25 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 2 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Office (SO)Min.Lesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Commercial Mixed Use (CMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Greater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageGreater of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Central Riverfront Mixed-Use (CRM)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/A10 stories
    Downtown Core (DTC)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.5 ft.5 ft.N/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 7 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Downtown Riverfront (DTR)9Min.Zero feetZero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 20 stories or (2) 120% of context average (with a minimum of 2 stories)
    Traditional Urban Mixed Use (TUMU)9Min.Zero feetZero feetLesser of (1) 3 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks2 stories
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Traditional Urban Residential (TUR)9Min.Greater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageGreater of (1) zero feet or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 20 ft. or (2) 80% of context average for front garage door setbacks1 story
    Max.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 120% of context averageN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 3 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Suburban Industrial (SI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Limited Industrial (LI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    General Industrial (GI)Min.Lesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 15 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 10 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageLesser of (1) 5 ft. or (2) 80% of context averageSame as front street setback1 story
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/AGreater of (1) 4 stories or (2) 120% of context average
    Resource Protection (RP)8Min.50 ft.825 ft.825 ft.850 ft.8N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A25 ft.
    Recreation (REC)Min.50 ft.25 ft.25 ft.50 ft.N/AN/A
    Max.N/AN/AN/AN/AN/A35 ft.

    TABLE NOTES:

    ft. = Feet

    1 The standards in this table apply generally to all structures within specified character districts but may be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, and the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    Where a given standard relates to a context average, the context shall be defined per Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context and 09.28.3, Setbacks and Yard Types.

    3 This set of standards for side street setback applies to side street lot lines as defined in Sec. 09.28.4Lots and Lot Lines, that are not set along the primary street of a given property; such as a corner lot.

    4 This set of standards for street-facing garage door setback applies only where street-facing garage doors are provided. Certain building types are prohibited from having a street-facing garage door regardless of the Character District per the building-specific standards in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types, Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Buildings, and Sec. 04.08.5Temporary Buildings.

    5 [Reserved]

    6 [Reserved]

    7 This set of standards for overall building height may be further restricted or permitted to increase for lots with specific building types as indicated in applicable subsections of Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

    8 Development within the RP district further requires a 50-foot setback from any adjacent or included Riparian Areas.

    9 In case of discrepancy with similar provisions in individual mixed-use character districts, this Table 04.10.2 shall govern.

    10 The interior side setback standards are cumulative for each lot. For example, if this column reads a five (5) feet minimum, then a given lot could provide a setback of zero (0) and five (5), one (1) and four (4), etc.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.10.3 Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments

  • Purpose. The provisions of this Section provide qualifications, flexibility, and allowances for development standards related to building placement and massing that apply to any character district or building type in this NDC.
  • Features Allowed to Encroach in Minimum and Maximum Setbacks. In character districts that have minimum setbacks, such required setbacks shall be unobstructed and unoccupied from the ground to the sky except where the building features, structures, and site enhancements are allowed to encroach into them as indicated in Table 04.10.3, Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments. In addition, Table 04.10.3 shows items that may be located within a maximum setback or build-to zone. 
  •   Table 04.10.3, Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments
     EncroachmentMinimum Setbacks Maximum Setback / Build-to-Zone
     Street and Street SideInterior SideRear
    Accessory Structure / Accessory Dwelling UnitNoYes2Yes1No
    Awning or CanopyYes3Yes2,5Yes2,5Yes
    Rear and/or Side yard porch or deckNoYes8Yes8No
    BalconyYes8NoYes8Yes6, 8
    Bay WindowYes4Yes4Yes4Yes
    ChimneyYes5Yes5Yes5Yes
    DrivewayYes10Yes10Yes10No
    Eave or GutterYes4Yes7Yes4Yes
    Fence or WallRefer to Division 12, Landscaping, Fencing, and Buffering 
    Fire EscapeYes4Yes4Yes4Yes
    Front Porch or StoopRefer to Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types
    Gallery/ArcadeRefer to Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types
    Incidental Accessory StructuresRefer to Sec. 04.08.4.C, Exemptions
    Patio, UncoveredNoYesYesNo
    Recreational; Equipment (e.g., swing sets and playhouses)NoNoYesNo
    Sill, belt course, cornice, buttress and other architectural features Yes4Yes4Yes4Yes
    Wheelchair Lift or Ramp Yes9Yes9Yes 9Yes9

    TABLE NOTES:

    Yes = Encroacement is Permitted     

    No = Encroachment is not Permitted
    1 Detached residential garages, carports, and carriage houses may encroach into the rear yard up to the limits established in Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Structures. Other accessory buildings shall be set back at least one foot from a given property line.
    Shall be set back at least 3 feet from the applicable property line.
    May not encroach more than 6 feet into required setback.
    May not encroach more than 3 feet into required setback.
    May not encroach more than 30 inches into required setback.

    Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts, for details on balcony encroachments. 
    May not encroach more than 18 inches into required setback.
    Shall be uncovered, open on at least 2 sides, located on the ground floor, and shall provide at least a 1-foot setback from the applicable property line. This provision does not apply to any area of a porch or deck that is underneath a roof or similar covering.
    Shall comply with federal, state, and local accessibility standards.

    10 Except where a driveway is prohibited or where a driveway crosses a given property line to access a public right-of-way or interior access drive, driveways shall be set back at least 1 foot from property lines to which they run approximately parallel, as established in Subsec. 04.11.4.C, Driveway Location and Width. Joint access driveways that are shared across two or more lots are not required to be set back from the shared property line.

    1. Allowances for Maximum Height Standards.
      1. Exemption. Except as provided below, the height limitations of this NDC do not apply to mechanical equipment and electrical penthouses, spires, towers, smokestacks, and other similar features, provided they comply with all other applicable City standards and FAA regulations.
      2. Residential and Mixed-Use Districts. In residential and mixed-use character districts, mechanical equipment and required screening, electrical penthouse, stairway enclosures, and elevator penthouses that exceed the allowable building height shall:
        1. Be set back at least 20 feet from the front of the building; and
        2. Not exceed the greater of nine feet in overall height or extend more than five feet above the building parapet.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.10.4 Exterior Material Standards

  • Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to strengthen and enhance the aesthetic quality and visual identity of Covington. 
  • Maintenance and Repair. This Section shall not prevent the ordinary maintenance and repair of any exterior building material on an existing building, including prohibited building materials. 
  • Applicability and Requirements. Table 04.10.4-1, Material Requirements, shows the proportions of primary, standard, and limited materials required on the applicable building elevations within specified character districts.

    Table 04.10.4-1, Exterior Material Requirements

    Applicable Districts
    DistrictsAll Mixed-Use Districts: CMU, CRM, DTC, DTR, TUMU, and TUR
    Percentage of Street-Facing Building Facades
    Primary Materials70% minimum
    Standard Materials30% maximum

    TABLE NOTES:

    "Street-or Public-Facing" refers to building elevation(s) fronting on or most directly facing a non-alley public street. 

  • Approved Building Materials. The following are permitted building materials outside of the Historic Preservation (HP) and 12th Street (TS) secondary districts.
    1. Primary. The primary building materials used for exterior finishes shall be of high-quality and durability. These materials are shown in Table 04.10.4-2, Primary Materials, below. 
  •  Table 04.10.4-2, Primary Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Brick, including thin brick or brick veneer
    Architectural (textured - not smooth face) concrete masonry units, including split face, weathered face, sandblasted face, and ground face blocks
     Glass
     Ceramic​​​​
     Terra cotta
    Natural stone or cultured stone that simulated natural stone, limestone, granite, marble, and terra cotta
     Table 04.10.4-2, Primary Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Brick, including thin brick or brick veneer
    Architectural (textured - not smooth face) concrete masonry units, including split face, weathered face, sandblasted face, and ground face blocks
     Glass
     Ceramic​​​​
     Terra cotta
    Natural stone or cultured stone that simulated natural stone, limestone, granite, marble, and terra cotta
     Table 04.10.4-2, Primary Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Brick, including thin brick or brick veneer
    Architectural (textured - not smooth face) concrete masonry units, including split face, weathered face, sandblasted face, and ground face blocks
     Glass
     Ceramic​​​​
     Terra cotta
    Natural stone or cultured stone that simulated natural stone, limestone, granite, marble, and terra cotta
     Table 04.10.4-2, Primary Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Brick, including thin brick or brick veneer
    Architectural (textured - not smooth face) concrete masonry units, including split face, weathered face, sandblasted face, and ground face blocks
     Glass
     Ceramic​​​​
     Terra cotta
    Natural stone or cultured stone that simulated natural stone, limestone, granite, marble, and terra cotta
      1. Standard. The standard building materials used for exterior finishes are shown in Table 04.10.4-3, Standard Materials, below:
     Table 04.10.4-3, Standard Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Stucco (Portland cement plaster) with three coats over metal lath or wire fabric lath
    Precast concrete panel (tilt-wall) incorporating exposed aggregate, hammered, or sandblasted surfaces, or covered with a decorative cement-based acrylic coating
    Lap siding (wood, composite, fiber cement siding, or vinyl) in the residential districts
    Pre-finished architectural metal panel, which may or may not include an embossed finish with an appearance of masonry or stucco
    Exterior Insulation Finish System (EIFS), provided use of a wall drainage system (barrier wall systems are prohibited)
    Metal siding
     Table 04.10.4-3, Standard Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Stucco (Portland cement plaster) with three coats over metal lath or wire fabric lath
    Precast concrete panel (tilt-wall) incorporating exposed aggregate, hammered, or sandblasted surfaces, or covered with a decorative cement-based acrylic coating
    Lap siding (wood, composite, fiber cement siding, or vinyl) in the residential districts
    Pre-finished architectural metal panel, which may or may not include an embossed finish with an appearance of masonry or stucco
    Exterior Insulation Finish System (EIFS), provided use of a wall drainage system (barrier wall systems are prohibited)
    Metal siding
     Table 04.10.4-3, Standard Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Stucco (Portland cement plaster) with three coats over metal lath or wire fabric lath
    Precast concrete panel (tilt-wall) incorporating exposed aggregate, hammered, or sandblasted surfaces, or covered with a decorative cement-based acrylic coating
    Lap siding (wood, composite, fiber cement siding, or vinyl) in the residential districts
    Pre-finished architectural metal panel, which may or may not include an embossed finish with an appearance of masonry or stucco
    Exterior Insulation Finish System (EIFS), provided use of a wall drainage system (barrier wall systems are prohibited)
    Metal siding
     Table 04.10.4-3, Standard Materials 
    MaterialImage
    Stucco (Portland cement plaster) with three coats over metal lath or wire fabric lath
    Precast concrete panel (tilt-wall) incorporating exposed aggregate, hammered, or sandblasted surfaces, or covered with a decorative cement-based acrylic coating
    Lap siding (wood, composite, fiber cement siding, or vinyl) in the residential districts
    Pre-finished architectural metal panel, which may or may not include an embossed finish with an appearance of masonry or stucco
    Exterior Insulation Finish System (EIFS), provided use of a wall drainage system (barrier wall systems are prohibited)
    Metal siding
    1. Substitution Materials.
      1. Accent materials other than those listed above may be substituted on up to 10 percent of any street-facing façade.
      2. The materials in 04.10.4-2, Standard Materials, may be substituted with architectural glass (other than windows or doors), spandrel glass, or polished metal panels with less than 20 percent reflectance for up to 30 percent of any building facade.
    2. Prohibited Materials. The following exterior walls, siding, and cladding are prohibited:
      1. Painted brick, manufactured stone, and cementitious stucco.
      2. Unfired clay, sand, or shale rock; and
      3. Plywood or wood fiber;
      4. Plastic siding;
      5. Vinyl siding (non-residential development);
      6. Smooth-faced concrete block; 
      7. Corrugated metal panel;
      8. Corrugated galvanized metal; and
      9. Aluminum siding or cladding.
    3. Alternative Materials. Other building materials, that are not listed as approved or prohibited, may be used by approval of the Administrator if it is demonstrated by material specifications that they have comparable durability, impact resistance, and aesthetic quality as the approved materials and either they are part of a building:
      1. That is EPA certified and designed to earn ENERGY STAR, and the materials substantially improve the energy efficiency of the building compared to approved materials; or
      2. Designed for bronze (or higher) certification in Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design ("LEED"), and the materials qualify for LEED points under both the "energy and atmosphere criteria" and the "materials and resources criteria" of the LEED checklists.
    1. Habitable Shipping Containers. A shipping container or group of shipping containers may be re-purposed as a habitable structure provided that they are modified to comply with the Building Code. Such containers shall comply with all requirements of this NDC with which a conventional building shall comply. 
    2. Minor Modifications. In order to ensure that a certain degree of design flexibility may be applied to the building material requirements, the Administrator may approve minor deviations where an alternative and equivalent material is proposed that meets the intent of this Section. Minor modifications are to be used when a negligible modification is requested and there is an unlikelihood of any adverse effects. Examples of these modifications include: 
      1. Interpretations of street-facing facades;
      2. A substitute material is proposed that exhibits an equal or greater durability and lifecycle, construction quality, and imperceptible aesthetic;
      3. An alternative material is proposed that is of greater energy efficiency and is of equal or greater integrity than a required material;
      4. A proposed substitution material warrants interpretation as to its building application to a building element or its relative proportional allowance; and
      5. Other similar minor deviations of little to no material consequence.
    3. Major Modifications. Where this Section applies to a development, and modifications from these standards do not fit the criteria of a minor modification, above, the development shall require a Design Waiver per Sec. 07.23.6Design Waiver.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.10.5 Utility Requirements

  • New Development and Larger-Scale Redevelopment. For new developments and redevelopment projects that are 60,000 square feet or greater in site area, all poles, wires, pipes, conduit, and structures to supply electricity, communication services, gas, water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer and similar or associated services shall be installed underground, within designated utility easements that comply with the Kenton County Subdivision Regulations, by the property owner or utility company. 
    1. Smaller-Scale Redevelopment. Utilities for redevelopment projects that are less than 60,000 square feet in site area shall not require the underground placement of utilities.
    2. Exceptions. Nothing in this Section shall prohibit:
      1. Construction and Emergencies. The temporary aboveground location of utility lines during construction or emergency conditions;
      2. Replacement, repair, and Maintenance. Replacement, repair, or maintenance of existing aboveground utility lines by a utility provider; 
      3. Natural Constraints. Above-ground utility lines where underground location would not be feasible due to soil conditions, physical obstructions or terrain; or
      4. Appurtenances. The at- or above-grade level location of transformers, service or meter pedestals, and similar accessory installations.
      5. Typical Above-Ground Utilities. Typical above-ground utilities including all above-ground utility lines necessarily or customarily extending above-grade level in an underground utility line system, including, but not limited to:
        1. Poles used exclusively for street or area lighting or traffic control signals;
        2. Radio, television, and wireless communication towers and antennas;
        3. Off-site utilities that serve properties adjacent to but not within areas being developed or redeveloped;
        4. Electric distribution or transmission lines with capacities of 3,000 KVA or more;
        5. Utility lines that cross alleys; 
        6. Utility lines that traverse floodplains, drainage easements, major drainage ways, or other areas where there is frequently standing water.
    1. Access. Adequate access for underground utilities shall be provided at no cost to the utility.
       

    Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.11.1 Applicability and Exemptions

  • Standards. The standards of this Division apply: 
    1. New Development. To all new buildings constructed and all new uses established in all character districts where parking, loading, or stacking spaces are required or limited; or
    2. Expansions and Substantial Modifications. When an existing structure or use is expanded or enlarged resulting in an increase in required parking, loading, or stacking spaces, whether through the addition of dwelling units, floor area, or other units of measurement used for establishing off-street parking, loading, and stacking spaces; or
    3. Change of Use. When a change of use in any structure creates a need for an increase of more than 10 percent in required parking, loading, or stacking spaces.
  • Exemptions.
    1. Minor Change.
      1. In case a change in use or unit of measurement creates a need for an increase of less than three parking spaces, no additional off-parking spaces or facilities are required.
      2. Uses with off-street parking in excess of the maximum allowed resulting from a change of use in an existing building are not required to remove the excess parking spaces.
    2. Smaller Parcels.  No off-street parking spaces are required for any parcel less than 5,000 square feet in area.
    3. Historic Districts. No minimum off-street parking, loading, or stacking spaces are required for rehabilitation or reuse of structures existing on October 15, 2020, within locally designated historic districts.
    4. Chapter 99 Development Plan Areas. The minimum off-street parking ratios established in Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces, do not apply to redevelopment projects occurring within boundaries of development plan areas, where the City has acquired the property and has contractual agreements for redevelopment. In these cases, the number of parking spaces required will be governed by the approved redevelopment plan.
  • Applicability in the Event of Damage or Destruction of Existing Use. When a conforming or nonconforming structure or use that does not comply with applicable required parking, loading, or stacking spaces is damaged or destroyed, if the building may be reconstructed in the same footprint and to the same square footage as it existed immediately before the damage or destruction per Article 158.05 Nonconformities, then the number of parking and loading spaces that existed at the time of damage or destruction may also be reconstructed in the same footprint.
  • Reduction Below Minimums/Expansion Above Maximums. Any applicable minimum or maximum parking standards may not be further reduced or further increased except per the remaining provisions of Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation and Sec. 07.21.1Administrative Adjustment.
  • Effect on Nonconforming Status. A building or use that was legally established is not deemed nonconforming solely as a result of providing fewer than the minimum number or more than the maximum number of parking, loading, or stacking spaces required in this NDC.
  • (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.11.2 General Provisions

  • Generally. A site shall comply with the minimum and maximum parking spaces, where required, based on Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces, for permitted, limited, and conditional uses in Article 158.02, Character Districts, and adjusted according to the standards of Sec. 04.11.6, Credits and Reductions, if applicable.  In addition, off-street loading, and stacking shall be provided, located and designed in accordance with the standards of this Section. 
  • Vehicle Use Area Plan. Plans for all vehicle use areas (VUA) shall be submitted to the Administrator for review and for compliance with the provisions of this Division.
    1. Maneuvering Space.
      1. Prohibited.
        1. In order to park, load, unload, or stack, no vehicle use area shall require a vehicle to maneuver into a public right-of-way except in the case of a single- or two-family dwelling unit or where vehicular access is from an alley.
        2. In addition, no VUA shall: 
          1. Hinder the free movement of pedestrians and vehicles over a sidewalk or street; or
          2. Overhang or encroach into a public right-of-way, including a sidewalk or into a walkway on private property, except where an encroachment permit is granted; or 
          3. Overhang or encroach an adjacent property under separate ownership except where an easement, shared driveway, or private street as described in the Kenton County Subdivision Regulations, is in place. 
      2. Dimensions. Parking, loading, and stacking space dimensions are exclusive of access drives or aisles. All such spaces shall have a vertical clearance of at least seven feet.

    1. Location. Except as permitted in Sec. 04.11.6, Credits and Reductions, a vehicle use area required by this Division shall be located within 400 feet of or on the same property as the building, use, or structure it serves.
    2. Generally Required Setback. The perimeter of all vehicle use areas (VUAs) larger than 1,200 square feet shall set back at least seven feet from front street and side street property lines, as identified per Sec. 09.28.4Lots and Lot Lines, with adequate screening provided per Sec. 04.12.4, Screening and Fencing.
    3. Marking. Except as provided in this Division, all off-street parking and loading spaces shall be clearly marked.
    4. Calculations.
      1. Accessory Uses and Structures. The basis of calculation, including but not limited to, gross floor area, dwelling units, or number of beds, for required or permitted parking shall be based on the principal use or structure together with accessory uses and structures on-site.  ​​​​​​
      2. Fractions. If the final calculated number of required parking, loading, or stacking spaces includes a fractional space, the number of required spaces is rounded down to the previous whole number.
      3. Multiple Nonresidential Uses. If several nonresidential uses occupy a single parcel or building, the parking requirements shall be calculated separately for each use within the development,  or as set out in Sec. 04.11.6Credits and Reductions, whichever results in a lesser number of minimum and/or lesser number of maximum required spaces.
    5. Surfacing and Drainage. All vehicle use areas shall be graded, surfaced, and maintained so that water does not accumulate, flow, or drain onto abutting public or private property. The surfacing of vehicle use areas shall consist of asphalt, concrete, pervious materials, impervious materials, or other such material approved by the Director of Public Works.
    6. Dedication of Spaces. Off-street parking, loading, and stacking spaces shall not interfere with one another nor shall they be used interchangeably to meet one another's requirements except that Retail Repair, Sales, and Service use types may utilize off-street parking spaces for loading and unloading provided that the loading and unloading only takes place outside of business hours.
    7. Unlisted Uses. Upon receiving a development application for a use not specifically addressed in this Division, the Administrator shall apply the off-street parking standard specified for the use that the Administrator deems most similar to the proposed use according to Sec. 03.06.2, New and Unlisted Uses, or require that the applicant provide a special study according to Sec. 04.11.5, Special Studies.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.11.3 Required Parking Ratios

  • Generally. Off-street parking spaces shall be provided for the uses or specified building types listed in Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces. Lots containing these uses or building types shall provide the minimum number of off-street parking spaces, and parking spaces may not exceed the maximum number of spaces. Spaces required for compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) will be counted toward fulfilling the total number of spaces required by this Section, after applicable reductions pursuant to  Sec. 04.11.5, Credits and Reductions
  • Residential Parking. Parking spaces for Household Living use types or specified building types that are located in private garages, carports, or individual driveways do not have to be marked. An area on a private residential lot is considered a parking space if:
      1. Dimensions. The area is at least 9 feet wide and 20 feet deep in dimension and is not part of an access drive to a private garage or carport;
      2. Encroachment. The area does not encroach upon a public sidewalk;
      3. Surface. The area has an improved hard surface; and
      4. Access. The area is accessible from the street or alley.
    1. Minimum and Maximum Ratios.
      1. Applicability. The Minimum Spaces Required and the Maximum Spaces Permitted columns in Table 04.11.3 apply to the following character districts:
        1. Rural Residential (RR);
        2. Suburban Residential (SR);
        3. Auto-Urban Commercial (AUC);
        4. Suburban Office (SO); 
        5. Suburban Industrial (SI); and
        6. General Industrial (GI).
      2. Maximum Only. For any character district not listed in paragraph 1, Applicability, above, only the Maximum Spaces Permitted column in Table 04.11.3 shall apply. 
    Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces1
    Permitted Land Uses or Building TypesVehicle Parking
    Land Use Types, Specific Building Types, and Specific UsesMinimum Spaces RequiredMaximum Spaces Permitted
    Agriculture and Animal Service
    Community gardenZero1 / 2,500 sf. GFA
    Market gardenZero1 / 2,000 sf. GFA
    Kennel1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 250 sf. GFA
    Roadside stand1 / 5,000 sf. GFA1 / 1,000 sf. GFA
    Stable (public or commercial)1 / 1,000 sf. of office, + 1 space per 3 stalls1 / 300 sf. of office, + 1 space per stall
    Veterinary clinic or veterinary hospital1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Agriculture and Animal Services ZeroN/A
    Household Living (Includes Select Building Types)
    Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House2Zero1 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Lot Line1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Multi-Family.75 / dwelling unit1.5 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Attached1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Detached2 / dwelling unitN/A
    Dwelling, Three- or Four-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Two-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Manufactured home parkZero2 / dwelling unit
    Qualified Manufactured Home1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Short-Term Rental1 / tenant room2 / tenant room
    TownhouseZero2 / dwelling unit
    Upper-Story ResidentialZero1 / dwelling unit
    Group Living
    Addiction treatment facility1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing home1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Residential care facility1 / dwelling unit + 12 / dwelling unit + 1
    Youth shelter1 / 1,000 sf. GFA 1 / 200 sf. GFA 
    Civic
    Airport or heliportSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Bus or train passenger terminalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Cemetery, columbarium, mausoleum, or memorial parkZeroN/A
    College, university, or vocational schoolSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Day Care, type 1 or 21 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Government serviceZeroN/A
    Library, aquarium, museum, or gallery1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Park, playground, and common open space1 / 2 acres or 3 spaces, whichever is greaterN/A
    Park-and-Ride FacilitySpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Public assembly facility1 / 1,000 sf. or 1 / 4 seats in assembly area, whichever is greater1 / 250 sf. or 1 / 3 seats in assembly area, whichever is less
    School, elementary or middle1 / 3,000 sf. GFAN/A
    School, high1 / 1,500 sf. GFA N/A
    Other Civic uses including: Adult day care; Community, senior, or youth centerGovernment/non-profit parking lot or maintenance area; or Pre-school or child day care centerZero1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Medical Facilities
    HospitalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Chiropractor, or acupuncture, medical or dental clinicZero1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Medical Facilities including: Blood or plasma center; Drug, alcohol or psychiatric treatment center, out-patient; hospice centerMedical or dental laboratory1 / 3,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Social Service
    All Social Service Special Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Utilities
    Utilities, minor or major (public or private)ZeroN/A
    Wireless communication towersSee the Kenton County Regulations for Cellular Antenna Towers and Small Cell Towers
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Bar or tavernZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Body art serviceZero1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Bowling center1.5 / lane4 / lane
    Fitness gym1 / 350 sf. GFA1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Pool hallZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Skateboard or trampoline parkSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Other Indoor Entertainment including: Archery / firearms range (indoor); Axe throwing lounge; Bingo hallBrewpubConvention center; Dance club or dance hall; Gymnastic, dance, or martial arts facility ; Microbrewery or micro-distilleryMovie or other theater; Skating rink; Swimming pool (public); Tennis or racquetball facility1 / 4 seats or 1 / 4-person seating capacity, whichever is greater1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Entertainment, Outdoor (Large) or (Small)
    Golf course, golf driving range, or mini-golf course1 / acre5 / acre
    Marina1 / 10 boat slips1 / 2 boat slips
    Other Outdoor Entertainment  including: AmphitheaterAmusement park; Campground without overnight accommodation; Fairgrounds, Farmers marketPaintball facilityRace track (vehicle)Skateboard parkStadium, running track, or ball fieldSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Office
    Currency exchange (check cashing) or payday loan business1 / 500 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Office uses including: Accounting, advertising, architecture, bill collection, charitable organization, consulting, counseling, data processing, design, engineering, investment or brokerage, law, real estate or insurance, sales, temporary employment, or travel; bank or credit union; tv or radio studio1 / 400 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Overnight Accommodations
    Bed and breakfast innZero1 / bedroom
    Campground or RV ParkZeroN/A
    Other Overnight Accommodations including: hotel or motel; resort1 / room1.5 / room
    Restaurant
    All Restaurants with or without a drive-in or drive-through (does not include required drive-through stacking spaces refer to Subsec. 04.11.4.I)1 / 2,000 sf. dining area1 / 250 sf. dining area
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service
    Funeral and internment services1 / 4 seats1 / 3 seats
    Package liquor sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Pawn shop1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Other Retail Repair-, Sales-, and Service-Oriented Uses1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Self-Service Storage
    All Self-Service storage 1 / 20 storage stalls1 / 10 storage stalls
    Sexually-Oriented Business
    All Sexually oriented businessesRefer to Sec. 03.07.5.M
    Vehicle Sales and Service
    Car wash1 / bay1.5 / bay
    Fuel sales (retail)31 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Vehicle accessories and parts sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Other Vehicle Sales and Services uses including: Rental or sales of manufactured homes, mobile homes, portable buildings or trailersTruck stopVehicle sales, rental, and leasingVehicle repair, majorVehicle service, minor1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Light Industrial
    Micro-manufacturing1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    All other Light industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industrial
    All Heavy Industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Waste Related Service
    All Waste Related Service  as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 1,000 sf. GFA

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; GFA = Gross Floor Area, as calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    1 Gross Floor Area (GFA) is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    2 The standards for Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House may be modified based on the character district per use-specific standards in Sec. 03.07.7, Accessory Uses.

    Does not include the area adjacent to the pump.

    Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces1
    Permitted Land Uses or Building TypesVehicle Parking
    Land Use Types, Specific Building Types, and Specific UsesMinimum Spaces RequiredMaximum Spaces Permitted
    Agriculture and Animal Service
    Community gardenZero1 / 2,500 sf. GFA
    Market gardenZero1 / 2,000 sf. GFA
    Kennel1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 250 sf. GFA
    Roadside stand1 / 5,000 sf. GFA1 / 1,000 sf. GFA
    Stable (public or commercial)1 / 1,000 sf. of office, + 1 space per 3 stalls1 / 300 sf. of office, + 1 space per stall
    Veterinary clinic or veterinary hospital1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Agriculture and Animal Services ZeroN/A
    Household Living (Includes Select Building Types)
    Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House2Zero1 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Lot Line1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Multi-Family.75 / dwelling unit1.5 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Attached1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Detached2 / dwelling unitN/A
    Dwelling, Three- or Four-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Two-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Manufactured home parkZero2 / dwelling unit
    Qualified Manufactured Home1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Short-Term Rental1 / tenant room2 / tenant room
    TownhouseZero2 / dwelling unit
    Upper-Story ResidentialZero1 / dwelling unit
    Group Living
    Addiction treatment facility1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing home1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Residential care facility1 / dwelling unit + 12 / dwelling unit + 1
    Youth shelter1 / 1,000 sf. GFA 1 / 200 sf. GFA 
    Civic
    Airport or heliportSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Bus or train passenger terminalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Cemetery, columbarium, mausoleum, or memorial parkZeroN/A
    College, university, or vocational schoolSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Day Care, type 1 or 21 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Government serviceZeroN/A
    Library, aquarium, museum, or gallery1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Park, playground, and common open space1 / 2 acres or 3 spaces, whichever is greaterN/A
    Park-and-Ride FacilitySpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Public assembly facility1 / 1,000 sf. or 1 / 4 seats in assembly area, whichever is greater1 / 250 sf. or 1 / 3 seats in assembly area, whichever is less
    School, elementary or middle1 / 3,000 sf. GFAN/A
    School, high1 / 1,500 sf. GFA N/A
    Other Civic uses including: Adult day care; Community, senior, or youth centerGovernment/non-profit parking lot or maintenance area; or Pre-school or child day care centerZero1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Medical Facilities
    HospitalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Chiropractor, or acupuncture, medical or dental clinicZero1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Medical Facilities including: Blood or plasma center; Drug, alcohol or psychiatric treatment center, out-patient; hospice centerMedical or dental laboratory1 / 3,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Social Service
    All Social Service Special Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Utilities
    Utilities, minor or major (public or private)ZeroN/A
    Wireless communication towersSee the Kenton County Regulations for Cellular Antenna Towers and Small Cell Towers
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Bar or tavernZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Body art serviceZero1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Bowling center1.5 / lane4 / lane
    Fitness gym1 / 350 sf. GFA1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Pool hallZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Skateboard or trampoline parkSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Other Indoor Entertainment including: Archery / firearms range (indoor); Axe throwing lounge; Bingo hallBrewpubConvention center; Dance club or dance hall; Gymnastic, dance, or martial arts facility ; Microbrewery or micro-distilleryMovie or other theater; Skating rink; Swimming pool (public); Tennis or racquetball facility1 / 4 seats or 1 / 4-person seating capacity, whichever is greater1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Entertainment, Outdoor (Large) or (Small)
    Golf course, golf driving range, or mini-golf course1 / acre5 / acre
    Marina1 / 10 boat slips1 / 2 boat slips
    Other Outdoor Entertainment  including: AmphitheaterAmusement park; Campground without overnight accommodation; Fairgrounds, Farmers marketPaintball facilityRace track (vehicle)Skateboard parkStadium, running track, or ball fieldSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Office
    Currency exchange (check cashing) or payday loan business1 / 500 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Office uses including: Accounting, advertising, architecture, bill collection, charitable organization, consulting, counseling, data processing, design, engineering, investment or brokerage, law, real estate or insurance, sales, temporary employment, or travel; bank or credit union; tv or radio studio1 / 400 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Overnight Accommodations
    Bed and breakfast innZero1 / bedroom
    Campground or RV ParkZeroN/A
    Other Overnight Accommodations including: hotel or motel; resort1 / room1.5 / room
    Restaurant
    All Restaurants with or without a drive-in or drive-through (does not include required drive-through stacking spaces refer to Subsec. 04.11.4.I)1 / 2,000 sf. dining area1 / 250 sf. dining area
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service
    Funeral and internment services1 / 4 seats1 / 3 seats
    Package liquor sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Pawn shop1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Other Retail Repair-, Sales-, and Service-Oriented Uses1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Self-Service Storage
    All Self-Service storage 1 / 20 storage stalls1 / 10 storage stalls
    Sexually-Oriented Business
    All Sexually oriented businessesRefer to Sec. 03.07.5.M
    Vehicle Sales and Service
    Car wash1 / bay1.5 / bay
    Fuel sales (retail)31 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Vehicle accessories and parts sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Other Vehicle Sales and Services uses including: Rental or sales of manufactured homes, mobile homes, portable buildings or trailersTruck stopVehicle sales, rental, and leasingVehicle repair, majorVehicle service, minor1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Light Industrial
    Micro-manufacturing1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    All other Light industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industrial
    All Heavy Industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Waste Related Service
    All Waste Related Service  as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 1,000 sf. GFA

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; GFA = Gross Floor Area, as calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    1 Gross Floor Area (GFA) is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    2 The standards for Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House may be modified based on the character district per use-specific standards in Sec. 03.07.7, Accessory Uses.

    Does not include the area adjacent to the pump.

    Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces1
    Permitted Land Uses or Building TypesVehicle Parking
    Land Use Types, Specific Building Types, and Specific UsesMinimum Spaces RequiredMaximum Spaces Permitted
    Agriculture and Animal Service
    Community gardenZero1 / 2,500 sf. GFA
    Market gardenZero1 / 2,000 sf. GFA
    Kennel1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 250 sf. GFA
    Roadside stand1 / 5,000 sf. GFA1 / 1,000 sf. GFA
    Stable (public or commercial)1 / 1,000 sf. of office, + 1 space per 3 stalls1 / 300 sf. of office, + 1 space per stall
    Veterinary clinic or veterinary hospital1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Agriculture and Animal Services ZeroN/A
    Household Living (Includes Select Building Types)
    Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House2Zero1 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Lot Line1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Multi-Family.75 / dwelling unit1.5 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Attached1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Detached2 / dwelling unitN/A
    Dwelling, Three- or Four-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Two-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Manufactured home parkZero2 / dwelling unit
    Qualified Manufactured Home1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Short-Term Rental1 / tenant room2 / tenant room
    TownhouseZero2 / dwelling unit
    Upper-Story ResidentialZero1 / dwelling unit
    Group Living
    Addiction treatment facility1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing home1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Residential care facility1 / dwelling unit + 12 / dwelling unit + 1
    Youth shelter1 / 1,000 sf. GFA 1 / 200 sf. GFA 
    Civic
    Airport or heliportSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Bus or train passenger terminalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Cemetery, columbarium, mausoleum, or memorial parkZeroN/A
    College, university, or vocational schoolSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Day Care, type 1 or 21 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Government serviceZeroN/A
    Library, aquarium, museum, or gallery1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Park, playground, and common open space1 / 2 acres or 3 spaces, whichever is greaterN/A
    Park-and-Ride FacilitySpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Public assembly facility1 / 1,000 sf. or 1 / 4 seats in assembly area, whichever is greater1 / 250 sf. or 1 / 3 seats in assembly area, whichever is less
    School, elementary or middle1 / 3,000 sf. GFAN/A
    School, high1 / 1,500 sf. GFA N/A
    Other Civic uses including: Adult day care; Community, senior, or youth centerGovernment/non-profit parking lot or maintenance area; or Pre-school or child day care centerZero1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Medical Facilities
    HospitalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Chiropractor, or acupuncture, medical or dental clinicZero1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Medical Facilities including: Blood or plasma center; Drug, alcohol or psychiatric treatment center, out-patient; hospice centerMedical or dental laboratory1 / 3,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Social Service
    All Social Service Special Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Utilities
    Utilities, minor or major (public or private)ZeroN/A
    Wireless communication towersSee the Kenton County Regulations for Cellular Antenna Towers and Small Cell Towers
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Bar or tavernZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Body art serviceZero1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Bowling center1.5 / lane4 / lane
    Fitness gym1 / 350 sf. GFA1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Pool hallZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Skateboard or trampoline parkSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Other Indoor Entertainment including: Archery / firearms range (indoor); Axe throwing lounge; Bingo hallBrewpubConvention center; Dance club or dance hall; Gymnastic, dance, or martial arts facility ; Microbrewery or micro-distilleryMovie or other theater; Skating rink; Swimming pool (public); Tennis or racquetball facility1 / 4 seats or 1 / 4-person seating capacity, whichever is greater1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Entertainment, Outdoor (Large) or (Small)
    Golf course, golf driving range, or mini-golf course1 / acre5 / acre
    Marina1 / 10 boat slips1 / 2 boat slips
    Other Outdoor Entertainment  including: AmphitheaterAmusement park; Campground without overnight accommodation; Fairgrounds, Farmers marketPaintball facilityRace track (vehicle)Skateboard parkStadium, running track, or ball fieldSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Office
    Currency exchange (check cashing) or payday loan business1 / 500 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Office uses including: Accounting, advertising, architecture, bill collection, charitable organization, consulting, counseling, data processing, design, engineering, investment or brokerage, law, real estate or insurance, sales, temporary employment, or travel; bank or credit union; tv or radio studio1 / 400 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Overnight Accommodations
    Bed and breakfast innZero1 / bedroom
    Campground or RV ParkZeroN/A
    Other Overnight Accommodations including: hotel or motel; resort1 / room1.5 / room
    Restaurant
    All Restaurants with or without a drive-in or drive-through (does not include required drive-through stacking spaces refer to Subsec. 04.11.4.I)1 / 2,000 sf. dining area1 / 250 sf. dining area
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service
    Funeral and internment services1 / 4 seats1 / 3 seats
    Package liquor sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Pawn shop1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Other Retail Repair-, Sales-, and Service-Oriented Uses1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Self-Service Storage
    All Self-Service storage 1 / 20 storage stalls1 / 10 storage stalls
    Sexually-Oriented Business
    All Sexually oriented businessesRefer to Sec. 03.07.5.M
    Vehicle Sales and Service
    Car wash1 / bay1.5 / bay
    Fuel sales (retail)31 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Vehicle accessories and parts sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Other Vehicle Sales and Services uses including: Rental or sales of manufactured homes, mobile homes, portable buildings or trailersTruck stopVehicle sales, rental, and leasingVehicle repair, majorVehicle service, minor1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Light Industrial
    Micro-manufacturing1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    All other Light industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industrial
    All Heavy Industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Waste Related Service
    All Waste Related Service  as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 1,000 sf. GFA

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; GFA = Gross Floor Area, as calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    1 Gross Floor Area (GFA) is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    2 The standards for Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House may be modified based on the character district per use-specific standards in Sec. 03.07.7, Accessory Uses.

    Does not include the area adjacent to the pump.

    Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces1
    Permitted Land Uses or Building TypesVehicle Parking
    Land Use Types, Specific Building Types, and Specific UsesMinimum Spaces RequiredMaximum Spaces Permitted
    Agriculture and Animal Service
    Community gardenZero1 / 2,500 sf. GFA
    Market gardenZero1 / 2,000 sf. GFA
    Kennel1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 250 sf. GFA
    Roadside stand1 / 5,000 sf. GFA1 / 1,000 sf. GFA
    Stable (public or commercial)1 / 1,000 sf. of office, + 1 space per 3 stalls1 / 300 sf. of office, + 1 space per stall
    Veterinary clinic or veterinary hospital1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Agriculture and Animal Services ZeroN/A
    Household Living (Includes Select Building Types)
    Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House2Zero1 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Lot Line1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Multi-Family.75 / dwelling unit1.5 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Attached1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Single-Family Detached2 / dwelling unitN/A
    Dwelling, Three- or Four-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Dwelling, Two-Family1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Manufactured home parkZero2 / dwelling unit
    Qualified Manufactured Home1 / dwelling unit2 / dwelling unit
    Short-Term Rental1 / tenant room2 / tenant room
    TownhouseZero2 / dwelling unit
    Upper-Story ResidentialZero1 / dwelling unit
    Group Living
    Addiction treatment facility1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Nursing home1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Residential care facility1 / dwelling unit + 12 / dwelling unit + 1
    Youth shelter1 / 1,000 sf. GFA 1 / 200 sf. GFA 
    Civic
    Airport or heliportSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Bus or train passenger terminalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Cemetery, columbarium, mausoleum, or memorial parkZeroN/A
    College, university, or vocational schoolSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Day Care, type 1 or 21 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Government serviceZeroN/A
    Library, aquarium, museum, or gallery1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Park, playground, and common open space1 / 2 acres or 3 spaces, whichever is greaterN/A
    Park-and-Ride FacilitySpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Public assembly facility1 / 1,000 sf. or 1 / 4 seats in assembly area, whichever is greater1 / 250 sf. or 1 / 3 seats in assembly area, whichever is less
    School, elementary or middle1 / 3,000 sf. GFAN/A
    School, high1 / 1,500 sf. GFA N/A
    Other Civic uses including: Adult day care; Community, senior, or youth centerGovernment/non-profit parking lot or maintenance area; or Pre-school or child day care centerZero1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Medical Facilities
    HospitalSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Chiropractor, or acupuncture, medical or dental clinicZero1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Medical Facilities including: Blood or plasma center; Drug, alcohol or psychiatric treatment center, out-patient; hospice centerMedical or dental laboratory1 / 3,000 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Social Service
    All Social Service Special Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Utilities
    Utilities, minor or major (public or private)ZeroN/A
    Wireless communication towersSee the Kenton County Regulations for Cellular Antenna Towers and Small Cell Towers
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Bar or tavernZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Body art serviceZero1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Bowling center1.5 / lane4 / lane
    Fitness gym1 / 350 sf. GFA1 per 200 sf. GFA
    Pool hallZero1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Skateboard or trampoline parkSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Other Indoor Entertainment including: Archery / firearms range (indoor); Axe throwing lounge; Bingo hallBrewpubConvention center; Dance club or dance hall; Gymnastic, dance, or martial arts facility ; Microbrewery or micro-distilleryMovie or other theater; Skating rink; Swimming pool (public); Tennis or racquetball facility1 / 4 seats or 1 / 4-person seating capacity, whichever is greater1 / 3 seats or 1 / 3-person seating capacity, whichever is greater
    Entertainment, Outdoor (Large) or (Small)
    Golf course, golf driving range, or mini-golf course1 / acre5 / acre
    Marina1 / 10 boat slips1 / 2 boat slips
    Other Outdoor Entertainment  including: AmphitheaterAmusement park; Campground without overnight accommodation; Fairgrounds, Farmers marketPaintball facilityRace track (vehicle)Skateboard parkStadium, running track, or ball fieldSpecial Study, refer to Sec. 04.11.5
    Office
    Currency exchange (check cashing) or payday loan business1 / 500 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Other Office uses including: Accounting, advertising, architecture, bill collection, charitable organization, consulting, counseling, data processing, design, engineering, investment or brokerage, law, real estate or insurance, sales, temporary employment, or travel; bank or credit union; tv or radio studio1 / 400 sf. GFA1 / 350 sf. GFA
    Overnight Accommodations
    Bed and breakfast innZero1 / bedroom
    Campground or RV ParkZeroN/A
    Other Overnight Accommodations including: hotel or motel; resort1 / room1.5 / room
    Restaurant
    All Restaurants with or without a drive-in or drive-through (does not include required drive-through stacking spaces refer to Subsec. 04.11.4.I)1 / 2,000 sf. dining area1 / 250 sf. dining area
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service
    Funeral and internment services1 / 4 seats1 / 3 seats
    Package liquor sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Pawn shop1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 400 sf. GFA
    Other Retail Repair-, Sales-, and Service-Oriented Uses1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Self-Service Storage
    All Self-Service storage 1 / 20 storage stalls1 / 10 storage stalls
    Sexually-Oriented Business
    All Sexually oriented businessesRefer to Sec. 03.07.5.M
    Vehicle Sales and Service
    Car wash1 / bay1.5 / bay
    Fuel sales (retail)31 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Vehicle accessories and parts sales1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    Other Vehicle Sales and Services uses including: Rental or sales of manufactured homes, mobile homes, portable buildings or trailersTruck stopVehicle sales, rental, and leasingVehicle repair, majorVehicle service, minor1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 200 sf. GFA
    Light Industrial
    Micro-manufacturing1 / 1,000 sf. GFA1 / 300 sf. GFA
    All other Light industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Heavy Industrial
    All Heavy Industrial as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 500 sf. GFA
    Waste Related Service
    All Waste Related Service  as defined in Sec. 09.27.3, DefinitionsZero1 / 1,000 sf. GFA

    TABLE NOTES:

    sf. = Square Feet; GFA = Gross Floor Area, as calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    1 Gross Floor Area (GFA) is calculated per Sec. 09.28.1Buildings, Walls, and Fences.

    2 The standards for Accessory Dwelling Unit / Carriage House may be modified based on the character district per use-specific standards in Sec. 03.07.7, Accessory Uses.

    Does not include the area adjacent to the pump.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.11.5 Special Studies

  • Generally.
    1. Specific Uses. Certain uses require a Special Study in Table 04.11.3, Minimum and Maximum Vehicle Parking Spaces. These uses have widely varying parking demand characteristics, making it impossible in this NDC to specify a single off-street parking standard. 
    2. Submittal, Credits, and Reductions. An applicant may also submit a special study to support a request to reduce the number of required parking spaces required for any use to less than that set out in Table 04.11.3 or allowed by right in Sec. 04.11.6, Credits and Reductions. The special study shall include and support all requested reductions in parking. 
  • Special Study Requirements.
    1. Qualifications. A special study shall be conducted by a qualified transportation planner or traffic engineer at the applicant's expense.

    2. Analytical Requirements. The special study shall include estimates of parking demand based on recommendations of the Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE), or other acceptable professional estimates and include other reliable data collected from uses or combinations of uses that are the same as or comparable with the proposed use. Comparability will be determined by density, scale, bulk, area, type of activity, and location. The study shall document the source of data used to develop the recommendations.
  • Application of Study. Upon receiving a special study that meets the requirements of this Section, the Administrator may rely on the recommendations of the study to establish off-street parking requirements for the proposed development.
  • Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.11.6 Credits and Reductions

  • Generally. The reductions in this Section are cumulative and multiple credits and reductions may be used on a single site.
  • Shared Parking.
    1. Description. Shared parking represents an arrangement whereby two or more uses with different peak parking demands (hours of operation) use the same off-street parking spaces to meet their off-street parking requirements.
    2. Authorization and Criteria.
      1. The Administrator is authorized to approve shared parking arrangements.
      2. When any land or building is used for two or more uses that are listed in Table 04.11.6-1, Shared Parking Table, below, the minimum total number of required parking spaces may be determined by the following procedures, which are followed by Table 04.11.6-2, Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation, showing an example of how to calculate shared parking reductions.
        1. Determine the minimum parking requirements for each use type in Column (A) as if it were a separate use excluding spaces reserved for use by specified individuals or classes of individuals (for example, accessible spaces or spaces posted as “reserved”);
        2. Multiply the sum of required parking spaces for each use by the corresponding percentages for each of the five time periods set forth in Columns (B) through (F) of Table 04.11.6-1, below;
        3. Calculate the total for each time period; and
        4. The median total is the required number of shared spaces.
  •       Table  04.11.6-1, Shared Parking Table

    (A) Use Type  

      Weekday  Weekend

    (F)

    Night

    (midnight to 6 AM)

     (B)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM)

     (C)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight)

    (D)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM) 

    (E)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight) 

    Residential160%90%80%90%100%
    Office or Industrial2100%10%10%5%5%
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service60%90%100%70%5%
    Overnight Accommodations75%100%75%100%75%
    Restaurant50%100%100%100%10%
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Entertainment, Outdoor, or Sexually-Oriented Business
    40%100%80%100%10%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%

    TABLE NOTES:
    1Residential Use Types are: Household Living and Group Living
    2Industrial Use Types are: Heavy Industrial, Light Industrial, Warehousing and Freight Movement, Waste-Related Service, and Wholesale Trade

          Table  04.11.6-1, Shared Parking Table

    (A) Use Type  

      Weekday  Weekend

    (F)

    Night

    (midnight to 6 AM)

     (B)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM)

     (C)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight)

    (D)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM) 

    (E)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight) 

    Residential160%90%80%90%100%
    Office or Industrial2100%10%10%5%5%
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service60%90%100%70%5%
    Overnight Accommodations75%100%75%100%75%
    Restaurant50%100%100%100%10%
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Entertainment, Outdoor, or Sexually-Oriented Business
    40%100%80%100%10%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%

    TABLE NOTES:
    1Residential Use Types are: Household Living and Group Living
    2Industrial Use Types are: Heavy Industrial, Light Industrial, Warehousing and Freight Movement, Waste-Related Service, and Wholesale Trade

          Table  04.11.6-1, Shared Parking Table

    (A) Use Type  

      Weekday  Weekend

    (F)

    Night

    (midnight to 6 AM)

     (B)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM)

     (C)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight)

    (D)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM) 

    (E)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight) 

    Residential160%90%80%90%100%
    Office or Industrial2100%10%10%5%5%
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service60%90%100%70%5%
    Overnight Accommodations75%100%75%100%75%
    Restaurant50%100%100%100%10%
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Entertainment, Outdoor, or Sexually-Oriented Business
    40%100%80%100%10%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%

    TABLE NOTES:
    1Residential Use Types are: Household Living and Group Living
    2Industrial Use Types are: Heavy Industrial, Light Industrial, Warehousing and Freight Movement, Waste-Related Service, and Wholesale Trade

          Table  04.11.6-1, Shared Parking Table

    (A) Use Type  

      Weekday  Weekend

    (F)

    Night

    (midnight to 6 AM)

     (B)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM)

     (C)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight)

    (D)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM) 

    (E)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight) 

    Residential160%90%80%90%100%
    Office or Industrial2100%10%10%5%5%
    Retail Repair, Sales, and Service60%90%100%70%5%
    Overnight Accommodations75%100%75%100%75%
    Restaurant50%100%100%100%10%
    Entertainment, Indoor
    Entertainment, Outdoor, or Sexually-Oriented Business
    40%100%80%100%10%
    All Others100%100%100%100%100%

    TABLE NOTES:
    1Residential Use Types are: Household Living and Group Living
    2Industrial Use Types are: Heavy Industrial, Light Industrial, Warehousing and Freight Movement, Waste-Related Service, and Wholesale Trade

    Table  04.11.6-2, Illustrative Shared Parking Reduction Calculation

    EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 50 apartment units, 10,000 square feet of general office space, and 25,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 87 parking spaces ((50 units. x (.75 sp. / unit)) + (10,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 400 sf.)) + (25,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 1,000 sf.)) = 87). However, combined, they could share 56 parking spaces. (56 being the median of: 62, 57, 56, 51, and 39)

    (A) Use Type  

      Weekday  Weekend

    (F)

    Night

    (midnight to 6 AM)

     (B)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM)

     (C)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight)

    (D)

    Day

    (6 AM to 6 PM) 

    (E)

    Evening

    (6 PM to midnight) 

    Residential
    37 spaces
    60% x 37 = 2290% X 37 = 3380% x 37 = 2990% x 37 = 33100% x 37 = 37
    Office or Industrial
    25 spaces
    100% x 25 =2510% x 25 = 210% x 25 = 25% x 25 = 15% x 25 = 1
    Retail Sales and Service
    25 spaces
    60% x 25 = 1590% x 25 = 22100% x 25 = 2570% x 25 = 175% x 25 = 1
    COLUMN TOTALS6257565139

    TABLE NOTE:
    The median number, 56, is the number of parking spaces required. This example is a 36 percent reduction compared to individual calculations. 

      1. Maximum Parking. Where maximum parking ratios apply, the maximum number of permitted shared spaces shall be 125% percent of the number derived from Table 04.11.6-1. 
      2. Location of Shared Parking Facility. A use for which an application is being made for shared parking shall be located within 600 feet walking distance of the shared parking, measured from the entrance of the use to the nearest parking space within the shared parking lot along a sidewalk. .
      3. Agreement. An agreement providing for the shared use of parking, executed by the parties involved, shall be filed with the Administrator, in a form approved by the Administrator. Shared parking privileges will continue in effect only as long as the agreement, binding on all parties, remains in force. If the agreement is no longer in force, then parking shall be provided as otherwise required by this Division.
    1. On-Street Parking Credit.
      1. Applicability. On‐street parking spaces may provide credit to satisfy the minimum parking space requirements except in the RR, SR, Commercial and Office (as provided in Sec. 02.04.2), and Industrial (as provided in Sec. 02.04.4) character districts or on any property adjacent to a street where on-street parking is prohibited. The use of on‐street parking spaces to satisfy minimum parking requirements in no way guarantees the use of such parking spaces to customers, employees, or visitors of the subject property. 
      2. Location and Availability. On-street spaces shall be located on a public or private street, shall be available to the general public, and directly abutting the subject property.
      3. Prohibited Parking. Bus stops, clear zones adjacent to curb cuts, and other areas in which parking is prohibited shall not be included in the calculation of available on‐street parking spaces.
      4. Dimensions. An on‐street parking space shall be a minimum of 20 feet in length.  A minimum of 16 linear feet of an on-street parking space shall be directly adjacent to the subject property in order to be counted as a parking space.
    2. Off-Site Parking Credit. Off-site parking spaces may provide credit to satisfy the minimum parking space requirements in any nonresidential or Mixed-Use character district subject to the following: 
      1. Generally. The parking lot complies with all applicable requirements of this NDC; and
      2. Location. The off-site parking lot is within 300 feet of the subject property, measured from the nearest property lines along a sidewalk; and
      3. Character District. The parking lot is wholly within a Commercial and Office, Mixed-Use, or Industrial character district.
    3. Bicycle Parking Credit. For every five bicycle parking spaces provided in excess of those required in Subsec. 04.11.4.G, Bicycle Parking, the minimum vehicle parking requirement shall be reduced by one space, for a maximum of a 15 percent reduction in required parking. Existing parking may be converted to take advantage of this provision
    4. Mass Transit Credit. A 10 percent reduction in the minimum vehicle parking requirement shall apply to any nonresidential or mixed-use development within 200 feet of a designated Transit Authority of Northern Kentucky transit route.
    5. Hillside Parking CreditA 20 percent reduction in the minimum vehicle parking requirement shall apply within the Hillside Stability (HS) secondary district for parking areas with the following characteristics:
      1. Structured parking in compliance with Subsec. 04.11.4.F, Vehicular Structured Parking;

      2. Outdoor parking that is located on the uphill side of the building; or

      3. Parking areas located on existing flat portions of the site.

         

    Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.12.1 Applicability

  • Activities. The standards of this Division apply to all development that involves:
    1. New construction of a principal structure;
    2. Expansion of an existing principal structure by 2,500 square feet or more; 
    3. Repair or rehabilitation of a property that, after review by the Administrator, exceeds 150% of the property's assessed value according to the Property Valuation Administrator and based on a cost estimates provided by the applicant; or
    4. New construction or reconstruction of a vehicle use area, or expansion of a vehicle use area by 25% of the surface area, or as may be required per Division 11 Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
  • Exception. Resealing or re-striping of a parking lot, which does not entail paving, resurfacing, or replacement of the asphalt, concrete, or other surface paving material, is not considered reconstruction for the purposes of this section.
  • (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.12.2 General Provisions

  • Plan Approval. A landscape plan that is in compliance with the provisions of this Division shall be submitted as part of any activity that requires compliance with the standards of this Division. 
  • Landscaping Types. This Division generally requires three types of landscaping that shall be provided on a site:
    1. Screening and Fencing. Conceals from public view the area behind such structure or planting; 
    2. Bufferyards. Used to mitigate conflicts between incompatible uses and along streets; and
    3. Development Landscaping. Vehicle use area, plantings, and building foundation plantings.
  • Landscape and Tree Protection. All required landscaping areas shall be protected from vehicular encroachment by curbs or wheel stops. All trees shall be installed and trimmed to ensure that no tree limb or portion thereof extends below the level of six feet above the ground.
  • Vision Clearance. Landscaping shall comply with the site triangle standards of Sec. 09.28.5, Sight Triangle.
  • Size.
    1. Trees. Required trees shall have a minimum caliper of two and one-half inches and be a minimum of 10 feet in height.
    2. Shrubs. Required shrubs shall be a minimum of five gallons in size. 
  • Planting Materials. All trees, shrubs, and other planting materials shall be living plants and shall be native to the Northern Kentucky area, or native-compatible as determined by the adopted Covington Urban Forestry Best Management Practices (BMPs)​​​​, and to the specific conditions of the site (soil conditions, slopes, etc.).
  • Alternative Compliance. The Administrator may approve a landscape plan with alternative compliance. In doing so, the Administrator shall consider the following criteria in determining the appropriateness of alternative compliance:
    1. Purpose. The proposed alternate meets the purpose of this Division;
    2. Screening or Buffering not Possible. For topographic reasons, a fence or wall or other required screening device will not screen activities from an abutting property as required by this Division;
    3. Stormwater Management. The proposed alternative treatments, such as a green roof, rain garden, and permeable pavement, would create sufficient surface area of on-site stormwater management comparable to otherwise required landscaping treatments.
    4. Comprehensive Plan. The approved alternate conforms with the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan and any other applicable adopted plan; and
    5. Natural Screening or Buffering. The existing topography or vegetation achieve the purpose of this Division.
  • Conflicting Requirements. In instances of conflicting or overlapping requirements for landscaping in a given development, the standards which require the greatest volume of landscaping or landscaping-related elements shall govern.
  • Modifications. Upon recommendation by the Urban Forester, the Administrator may administratively approve requests for minor modifications to any approved landscape plan, such as changes in plant materials, plant locations, or species, provided those changes comply with the requirements of this Division and do not materially alter the appearance of the site.
  • Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.12.3 Tree Preservation

  • Generally. Protected trees shall be preserved and disturbed areas shall be replanted in conformance with the standards of this Section.
  • Protected Trees. For the purposes of this Section, protected trees are those that are healthy, of a native or non-invasive species, and a minimum of eight inches Diameter at Breast Height (DBH).
  • Exemptions. The following activities shall be exempt from this Section:
    1. Single- and Two-Family Residential Properties. Tree removal on single and two-family residential properties of trees that are less than twelve inches Diameter at Breast Height (DBH);

    2. Mining or Stockpiling. Land clearing, grading, removal or stockpiling of soil, sand, gravel, or rock as part of a permitted operation, such as a sand and gravel materials plant;

    3. Investigative Excavation. Exploratory digging or boring by a soils engineer, geologist, archeologist, or similar professional for the purposes of investigating site conditions;

    4. Non-Native Vegetation. Removal of non-native invasive vegetation (refer to the list maintained by Urban Forester); 

    5. Installation and Maintenance. Landscape installation and maintenance; and

    6. Agricultural Activity. Gardening and farming.

  • Clear CuttingDevelopment sites subject to the applicability of this Division, that include significant stands of trees shall not allow earth disturbing activity in preparation of development that results in a clear cut of existing vegetation within the limits of construction. Instead, existing vegetation shall be removed only if one or more of the following apply:
    1. Unhealthy. They are unhealthy or structurally unsound;
    2. Building Footprint. They are within 10 feet of an approved building footprint;
    3. Paved Areas. They are within five feet of the paved area of an approved street or parking lot;
    4. Recreation Area. They are within eight feet an approved outdoor recreation area that by its nature requires the removal of the trees (e.g., ballfields);
    5. Stormwater Area. They are within an approved stormwater retention/detention area and are not adapted to such conditions; or
    6. Easements. They are within six feet of a utility easement and would interfere with the use of the easement as determined by the Administrator.
  • Tree Inventory.
    1. Generally. Development shall be designed, laid out, and constructed to incorporate and preserve protected trees.
    2. Tree Preservation Plan. An applicant for Development Plan or Zoning Permit review, whichever happens first, shall submit a tree preservation plan, prepared by a Registered Consulting Arborist or an International Society of Arboriculture Board Certified Master Arborist, to the Urban Forrester showing the approximate location, species,  condition, and size of all trees of eight inches or more DBH, and of trees proposed for tree credit in accordance with Subsection I., Tree Preservation Credits, below, that are within the area to be affected by the proposed development. The plans shall differentiate between such protected trees and unprotected trees that are proposed to be removed.
  • Tree Protection.
    1. Generally. Protected trees shall be native or non-invasive.
    2. Barriers. Except as provided in this Section, protected trees shall not be destroyed due to construction activity on a development site.  Protected trees shall be designated for preservation and marked with bright ribbons encircling the tree trunk at a height of four feet above the ground, and shall be surrounded by tree protection barriers to form a critical root zone (CRZ). The CRZ shall meet the following standards:
      1. Soil or other materials shall not be temporarily or permanently stored in locations which would cause suffocation of root systems of trees to be preserved. 
      2. A maximum of 25 percent of the CRZ of trees to be preserved may be paved with concrete, asphalt, or other impervious material and shall be subject to the approval of the Urban Forester.
      3. A minimum of 75 percent of the CRZ of an existing tree shall be permanently maintained as a pervious area at grades existing prior to site development unless special provisions are made for the protection and survival of the tree. Such special provisions, including but not limited to the use of permeable paving materials, shall be subject to the approval of the Urban Forester.
      4. All tree protection barriers shall be accompanied by “Tree Save Area” signage placed upon the barriers not more than every 20 feet.
      5. Barriers shall be typical orange construction fencing, or an alternative barrier approved by the Urban Forester, or in their absence, the Public Works Director.
      6. Barriers shall be at least four feet in height around the critical root zone (CRZ).
      7. Barriers shall be installed prior to the commencement of construction.
  • Protection and Replacement. The following requirements apply to all protected trees that are not included as part of a tree preservation credit per Subpart I (Tree Preservation Credit): 
    1. Construction site activities, including, but not limited to, material storage, parking, or concrete washout shall not encroach into any tree protection zone without the prior approval of the Urban Forester.
    2. Any tree irreparably damaged or killed within a tree protection zone, as a result of construction activity, shall be removed and replaced by the owner according to the following rates:
      1. Trees eight inches or greater DBH: at a rate of two diameter-inches for every diameter-inch of a tree irreparably damaged or killed; and
      2. Trees less than eight inches DBH: at a rate of one diameter-inch for every diameter-inch of tree irreparably damaged or killed. 
    3. The Urban Forester may take final action on a tree preservation plan and may refer a plan to the Urban Forestry Board for their review and final action.​
  • Tree Mitigation. The removal of more than 40 percent of unprotected trees on an entire site, or more than 60 percent within the limits of construction, shall require mitigation in the following manners.
    1. The property owner shall provide a mitigation plan, prepared by a Registered Consulting Arborist or an  International Society of Arboriculture Board Certified Master Arborist, to replace lost tree canopy. The Urban Forester shall take final action on the mitigation plan. Such plan shall show:
      1. Symbols depicting the general location where trees are proposed to be planted or preserved throughout the development, including both landscape and restoration elements; 

      2. A legend with species delineated by designated symbols, size/diameter at maturity, and number; and 

      3. Specifications for tree planting depicting the associated ANSI standards for both installation on hillsides and within the landscape.

    2. The Urban Forester may deem a site as "restrictive" if the arborist who prepared the mitigation plan demonstrates a minimum of one of the following characteristics of the site:

      1. The site is too small in area to accommodate the proposed development and all of the required tree plantings to mitigate lost canopy at maturity;

      2. The site has soil characteristics that make newly planted trees unlikely to grow; or

      3. The site has some other characteristic that would prevent the planting of the mitigating trees. 

    3. If the site is too restrictive for planting to meet the required mitigation of diameter inches lost, then planting shall take place off-site and within the surrounding watershed area according to the following two options:

      1. In coordination with the Urban Forester, the owner shall determine planting locations, tree species, agreed upon planting specification, and post-planting tree care for the required replacement trees; or

      2. The owner may pay into the in-lieu-fee tree mitigation program, at the cost of $250 per diameter-inch.
  • Tree Preservation Credits.

    1. Credits for Preserved TreesDevelopment sites that preserve trees may be given credit towards the fulfillment of their landscape requirements as contained in this Division. Credit may only be granted for protected trees located on the same lot or parcel and only those as detailed on the tree protection plan.
    2. Rate of Credit. The rate at which credit will be given for the preservation of protected trees. shall be one canopy tree for every 2 inches at DBH of  tree preserved/retained.

      1. Application of Tree Preservation Credit. The tree preservation credit is applied towards the requirements for the area where the tree is located. If there are no requirements for that area, the credit applies in the following order of descending priority: 
        1. Site landscaping requirements;
        2. Parking lot landscaping requirements; and
        3. Bufferyard requirements, provided that the tree is located between the bufferyard to which the credit applies and the building or use that is being buffered.
      2. Replacement of Credited Trees. Should any tree for which credit is received under the provisions of this Section die or be removed at any time, the owner shall, within 90 days, replace the tree. The owner shall replace the tree with the number of credited trees. (For example, if a 14"-caliper existing tree dies, then the owner shall replace the tree with seven new canopy trees.) The replacement trees shall be of equivalent species or a species that will obtain the same height, spread and growth characteristics.

    Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.12.4 Screening and Fencing

  •  Vehicle Use Area Screening from Street.
    1. Planted Screening. As illustrated in Figure 04.12.4-1, Vehicle Use Area Screeningthe perimeter of all vehicle use areas (VUAs) larger than 1,200 square feet shall be set back per the requirements in Sec. 04.11.2General Provisions, and effectively screened from view of adjacent streets. This screening shall meet the following requirements:
      1. The view of such VUAs from all abutting streets shall be visually screened either by permitted buildings (other than fences or walls) or by a hedge, not less than three feet in height and not more than four and one-half feet in height, or by a combination of buildings and hedges.
      2. Hedges used to satisfy the standards of this section shall consist of individual shrubs with a minimum width of 24 inches, spaced no more than 36 inches on center.
      3. Visual screening shall be located between the perimeter of the VUA and the street property line(s).
      4. The remainder of the required seven-foot VUA setback shall be landscaped and shall include at least one tree for every 25 linear feet of building width. Trees shall have a minimum caliper size of two and one-half inches.
  • Figure 04.12.4-1, Vehicle Use Area Screening
      1. Natural Screening. Where vegetative or topographic conditions that provide natural screening exist prior to development of properties in question, every effort shall be made to retain such conditions. In such cases, additional screening may not be required, provided that provision is made for maintenance of such conditions to the satisfaction of the Administrator or Planning Commission, as required by this section.
      2. Access. This screening requirement is not to be interpreted as prohibiting the installation of or provision for openings reasonably necessary for access drives and walkways.
      3. Bumper Overhangs. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this NDC, the front or rear bumper overhang of vehicles parked within the VUA may encroach upon the required minimum street setback up to a maximum distance of two feet. This allowed overhang area may be included in the calculation of the required depth of each abutting parking space.
    1.  VUA Screening from Residential and Institutional Use.
      1. Screening. Screening of a vehicle use area (VUA) from residential and civic uses in the same character district shall consist of a Type II Bufferyard as established in Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards.
        1. Chain-link fences are prohibited.
        2. Walls or fences used for screening shall be constructed out of masonry or wood and shall be:
          1. Complimentary in materials to the principal building; 
          2. Planted with vines; or
          3. Decorated in a manner that is complementary or historically or architecturally appropriate to the neighborhood.
        3. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this NDC, the front or rear bumper overhang of vehicles parked within the VUA may encroach upon the required street minimum setback up to a maximum distance of two feet. This allowed overhang area may be included in the calculation of the required depth of each abutting parking space.
      2. Fencing. Ornamental fencing is required to be installed along the perimeter of VUAs adjacent to front and street side property lines and abutting any existing street yard of property located within a residential or mixed-use character district.
        1. The required ornamental fencing shall be installed behind the required perimeter landscape area, at least five feet from abutting property lines.
        2. Required fences are limited to a height of no more than four and one-half feet above grade unless the Administrator determines that the fence is necessary for security purposes, in which case the fence may be a maximum of six feet in height.
    2. Loading Area Screening. Refer to Sec. 04.11.4.H.6, Design and Layout, for screening requirements for off-street loading areas.
    1. Fences and Walls.  
      1. General.
        1. The construction of a new fence or wall, or reconstruction of at least 50 percent of an existing fence or wall, shall comply with the standards of this Subsection. The height standards of this Subsection do not apply to fences or walls required for bufferyards, as set forth in Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards. A fence or wall may encroach upon any required yard, provided the fence or wall is aligned parallel or radial to the adjacent property line.  A fence may be placed along and be extended to any lot line provided that the height and other requirements of this Section are met. 
        2. No fence or wall may: 
          1. Encroach upon a public right-of-way without a license in accordance with Section 96.01Encroachments on or in the Public Right-of-Way, of the City Code;
          2. Conflict with corner visibility as set forth in Sec. 09.28.5, Sight Triangle; 
          3. Interfere with any utility line; or
          4. Obstruct any required access point.
        3. Fences proposed within the Historic Preservation (HP) secondary district, the 12th Street (TS) secondary, district, and KRS Chapter 99 Development Plan Areas that include design guidelines are subject to the provisions in Sec. 07.21.3Certificate of Appropriateness (Staff) or Sec. 07.23.7Certificate of Appropriateness (BOARD).
      2. Materials.
        1. Fences and walls shall be constructed of permanent, durable materials, including but not limited to, brick, stone, concrete, textile block, wood, iron, or steel.
        2. No fence or wall may be constructed of barbed wire, concertina wire, razor wire, electrically charged wire, railroad ties, standard, fluted, or split face concrete masonry units (CMU), scrap metal, tarps, recycled materials, or any other material determined by the Chief Building Official to be detrimental to the public health, safety, and welfare.
      3. Classification of Fences and Walls. Fences and walls are classified as follows.
        1. Class 1: Masonry walls;
        2. Class 2: Ornamental metal, 80% or more open;
        3. Class 3: Woven wire, including chain link, 80% or more open;
        4. Class 4: Wood or other materials (excluding woven wire and chainlink), 50% or more open;
        5. Class 5: Wood or other materials less than 50% open, including solid fences;
        6. Class 6: Hedges;
        7. Class 7: Barbed wire or sharp-pointed fences; and
        8. Class 8: Earthen or concrete walls intended to contain or redirect flooding waters
      4. Height. Fences or walls are subject to the height standards in Table 04.12.4, Maximum Fence and Wall Height. Refer to Sec. 09.28.1, Buildings, Walls, and Fences, for the height measurement methodology for walls and fences. Refer to Sec. 09.28.3, Setbacks, for a depiction of what constitutes street, street side, interior side, and rear yards and setbacks. The height of a fence does not include the height of a retaining wall it is constructed on top of.
      Table 04.12.4, Maximum Fence and Wall Height
     Districts Fence or Wall Class6 Maximum Fence and Wall Height by Yard/Setback Type (feet)   
    Street and Street Side YardInterior Side YardRear YardSight Triangle1
    Resource Protection and Recreation1--88--
    28883
    348883
    48883
    5--88--
    68883
    74--5-foot minimum, 2-foot maimum above primary fence--
    8According to engineering requirements
    Residential1467--
    224 1/2673
    3--67--
    4436373
    5--67--
    6467--
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

    Commercial and Office

     1 467--
     2 4673
     3 --67--
     4467 3
     5 -- 67 --
     64 67 --
     7 -- 67 --
     8According to engineering requirements
     Industrial15 67 7--
     25 67 7 3
     35 67 7 3
     45 67 7 3
     55 67 7 --
     65 67 7 --
     7 5-foot minimum, 2-foot maximum above primary fence   
     8According to engineering requirements
    Mixed-Use14673
    24673
    3--------
    44673
    5 67--
    64673
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

     TABLE NOTES:

    1Triangular portion at corner, 12 feet from intersection of rights-of-way.

    2Class 2 fence with maximum height of 8 feet is allowed across a former alley or street.

    3The wooden slats on these fences shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide.     

    4Tennis court or baseball fences can be Classes 3 and 7, and be 12 feet in height

    5Barbed wire may be placed on top of fence classes 1-6, as long as such fence is located in an industrial zone and the barbed wire is at least 5 feet above grade, and no higher than 2 feet above other fence.

    6Fencing, walls, and other screening elements around waste equipment may not incorporate Class 3 fences (woven wire or chain link materials).

    -- means not allowed 

      Table 04.12.4, Maximum Fence and Wall Height
     Districts Fence or Wall Class6 Maximum Fence and Wall Height by Yard/Setback Type (feet)   
    Street and Street Side YardInterior Side YardRear YardSight Triangle1
    Resource Protection and Recreation1--88--
    28883
    348883
    48883
    5--88--
    68883
    74--5-foot minimum, 2-foot maimum above primary fence--
    8According to engineering requirements
    Residential1467--
    224 1/2673
    3--67--
    4436373
    5--67--
    6467--
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

    Commercial and Office

     1 467--
     2 4673
     3 --67--
     4467 3
     5 -- 67 --
     64 67 --
     7 -- 67 --
     8According to engineering requirements
     Industrial15 67 7--
     25 67 7 3
     35 67 7 3
     45 67 7 3
     55 67 7 --
     65 67 7 --
     7 5-foot minimum, 2-foot maximum above primary fence   
     8According to engineering requirements
    Mixed-Use14673
    24673
    3--------
    44673
    5 67--
    64673
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

     TABLE NOTES:

    1Triangular portion at corner, 12 feet from intersection of rights-of-way.

    2Class 2 fence with maximum height of 8 feet is allowed across a former alley or street.

    3The wooden slats on these fences shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide.     

    4Tennis court or baseball fences can be Classes 3 and 7, and be 12 feet in height

    5Barbed wire may be placed on top of fence classes 1-6, as long as such fence is located in an industrial zone and the barbed wire is at least 5 feet above grade, and no higher than 2 feet above other fence.

    6Fencing, walls, and other screening elements around waste equipment may not incorporate Class 3 fences (woven wire or chain link materials).

    -- means not allowed 

      Table 04.12.4, Maximum Fence and Wall Height
     Districts Fence or Wall Class6 Maximum Fence and Wall Height by Yard/Setback Type (feet)   
    Street and Street Side YardInterior Side YardRear YardSight Triangle1
    Resource Protection and Recreation1--88--
    28883
    348883
    48883
    5--88--
    68883
    74--5-foot minimum, 2-foot maimum above primary fence--
    8According to engineering requirements
    Residential1467--
    224 1/2673
    3--67--
    4436373
    5--67--
    6467--
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

    Commercial and Office

     1 467--
     2 4673
     3 --67--
     4467 3
     5 -- 67 --
     64 67 --
     7 -- 67 --
     8According to engineering requirements
     Industrial15 67 7--
     25 67 7 3
     35 67 7 3
     45 67 7 3
     55 67 7 --
     65 67 7 --
     7 5-foot minimum, 2-foot maximum above primary fence   
     8According to engineering requirements
    Mixed-Use14673
    24673
    3--------
    44673
    5 67--
    64673
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

     TABLE NOTES:

    1Triangular portion at corner, 12 feet from intersection of rights-of-way.

    2Class 2 fence with maximum height of 8 feet is allowed across a former alley or street.

    3The wooden slats on these fences shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide.     

    4Tennis court or baseball fences can be Classes 3 and 7, and be 12 feet in height

    5Barbed wire may be placed on top of fence classes 1-6, as long as such fence is located in an industrial zone and the barbed wire is at least 5 feet above grade, and no higher than 2 feet above other fence.

    6Fencing, walls, and other screening elements around waste equipment may not incorporate Class 3 fences (woven wire or chain link materials).

    -- means not allowed 

      Table 04.12.4, Maximum Fence and Wall Height
     Districts Fence or Wall Class6 Maximum Fence and Wall Height by Yard/Setback Type (feet)   
    Street and Street Side YardInterior Side YardRear YardSight Triangle1
    Resource Protection and Recreation1--88--
    28883
    348883
    48883
    5--88--
    68883
    74--5-foot minimum, 2-foot maimum above primary fence--
    8According to engineering requirements
    Residential1467--
    224 1/2673
    3--67--
    4436373
    5--67--
    6467--
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

    Commercial and Office

     1 467--
     2 4673
     3 --67--
     4467 3
     5 -- 67 --
     64 67 --
     7 -- 67 --
     8According to engineering requirements
     Industrial15 67 7--
     25 67 7 3
     35 67 7 3
     45 67 7 3
     55 67 7 --
     65 67 7 --
     7 5-foot minimum, 2-foot maximum above primary fence   
     8According to engineering requirements
    Mixed-Use14673
    24673
    3--------
    44673
    5 67--
    64673
    7--------
    8According to engineering requirements

     TABLE NOTES:

    1Triangular portion at corner, 12 feet from intersection of rights-of-way.

    2Class 2 fence with maximum height of 8 feet is allowed across a former alley or street.

    3The wooden slats on these fences shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide.     

    4Tennis court or baseball fences can be Classes 3 and 7, and be 12 feet in height

    5Barbed wire may be placed on top of fence classes 1-6, as long as such fence is located in an industrial zone and the barbed wire is at least 5 feet above grade, and no higher than 2 feet above other fence.

    6Fencing, walls, and other screening elements around waste equipment may not incorporate Class 3 fences (woven wire or chain link materials).

    -- means not allowed 

      1. Fences or Walls on Vacant Properties.
        1. The construction of fences or walls is allowed on a property with no principal structure provided that a property under the same ownership as the vacant property is within a 600-foot radius of the vacant property. The fence or wall constructed shall meet all regulations of this Section. No accessory structure other than a fence or wall may be constructed on a vacant property. Fence or wall material shall be consistent all the way around the property.
        2. Fences shall be permitted by specific yard type per Sec. 09.28.3Setbacks and Yard Types, and the provisions of Table 04.12.4, Maximum Fence and Wall Height.
        3. The fence or wall on a vacant property shall be a Class 1 through 5 fence or wall and it shall be of an equal or higher class (smaller number) as the predominate fence Classes on the block face
        4. Chain-link fences are prohibited on vacant properties in all Residential and Commercial and Office districts.
      2. Finish. All fence posts and related supporting members of a fence shall be erected so that the finished sides of the fence face the adjacent property or public right-of-way.
      3. Maintenance. Fences and walls, including supports, shall be maintained in a proper state of repair. The property owner shall repair any damage to or deterioration of a fence or wall, whether due to vandalism, weather, age, loss of mortar, or peeling paint.
    1. Waste Equipment Screening.
      1. Applicability. All of the following uses and developments shall provide for the enclosure and screening of waste equipment, which includes carts on wheels (food waste, trash, and recycling), waste oil containers, compactors, or dumpsters (trash and recycling):
        1. Multi-unit buildings;
        2. Business, commercial, or industrial development; and
        3. Substantial rehabilitation of such developments, where the cost of such repair or rehabilitation exceeds 150 percent of the property’s assessed value.
      2. Paved Surface. Waste equipment shall be placed on a paved surface of either concrete or asphalt.
      3. Screening Methods.
        1. Required waste equipment screening may be achieved by designating an enclosed space for waste equipment within a principal building or within an accessory structure such as a garage.
        2. Where waste equipment is not enclosed within a principal or accessory structure, they shall be screened on all sides (except for the gate area) by permanent and durable materials, other than chain-link or woven wire materials, permitted in Sec. 04.12.4.D, Fences and Walls, with a minimum height of six feet. One side of the waste equipment area shall be furnished with an opaque, lockable gate. In addition, waste equipment screening shall contain the elements depicted in Figure 04.12.4-2, Waste Equipment Enclosure Screening.
        3. The screening walls required by this Section may:
          1. Be planted with vines; or
          2. Be architecturally compatible, in material and color, with the principal structure on the property; or
          3. Display a mural.
        4. Final renderings of waste equipment screening shall be submitted to Neighborhood Services, Solid Waste and Recycling Division, for review and approval prior to installation.

    Figure 04.12.4-2, Waste Equipment Enclosure Screening

    1. Outdoor Swimming Pools. An outdoor swimming pool, whether public or private, is permitted in association with a permitted residential use subject to the following standards. 
      1. Location. Except as provided in this Subsection, no swimming pool or associated equipment is permitted within any required setback or within any public utility easement. No swimming pool shall be located forward of the principal structure, or in the front yard of any lot.
      2. Fence and Gate. Swimming pools, whether constructed in-ground or above ground, shall have a fence or wall, including a self-closing or self-latching door or gate, with the latches placed at least four feet above ground, around the pool or the property on which the pool is located. Fences Such fence or wall shall be at least four feet, but not more than six feet in height. Walls shall be at least four feet in height. Such fences or walls shall be constructed in such a manner that any openings do not allow the passage of a four-inch diameter sphere.
      3. Above-Ground Pool Walls. The side or wall of an above-ground pool may serve as the wall or fence referenced in this section, provided that the side or wall is at least four feet in height above the surrounding ground level. Any access to above-ground pools by means of a ladder or stairway shall be provided with a self-closing or self-latching door or gate, or some other device that would prevent a small child from gaining access to the pool by means of a ladder.
      4. Lighting. Glare from lights used to illuminate the swimming pool area shall be directed away from adjacent properties.
      5. Private Water Source. Water used in the swimming pool that is obtained from a source other than a public source shall be approved by the Northern Kentucky District Health Department.
      6. Existing Pools. All existing swimming pools that are unprotected by a surrounding fence or wall, including gates or doors, as required in this Subsection, shall immediately be brought into compliance.
      7. Sound. No mechanical device for the reproduction or amplification of sounds used in connection with swimming pools may create a nuisance to adjacent residential properties.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.12.5 Bufferyards

  • Generally. The standards in this section apply at the time of changing a use or constructing a new structure on a given property when adjacent to a property of a separate character district per Table 04.12.5-1, Character District Bufferyard Requirements. Properties separated by a public right-of-way are considered adjacent for the purposes of this Section.
  • Table 04.12.5-1, Character District Bufferyard Requirements

    District of Proposed DevelopmentAdjoining Property District
    RR, RP, REC SRSUAUC, SOMixed-UseSILIGI
    RR, RP, REC --I/III/III/III/III/III/II
    SRI/II ------------
    SUI/III/II ----I/III/III/II
    AUC, SOIII/IV/VIII/IV/VIII/IV/V ----I/III/II
    Mixed-UseI/III/II---- I/III/III/II
    SIIII/IV/VIII/IV/VIII/IV/VIII/IV/VIII/IV/V ----
    LIIII/IVIII/IVIII/IVIII/IVIII/IVI/II I/II
    GIIII/IVIII/IVIII/IVIII/IVIII/IVIII/IVI/II 

    TABLE NOTES:
    I/II = Bufferyard I or II Required, choice of I or II at applicant’s discretion

    III/IV/V = Bufferyard III, IV, or V Required, choice of III, IV, or V at applicant’s discretion

    -- = No bufferyard required

    1. Bufferyard Types. There are different types of bufferyards, each of which vary in width and the numbers and types of plants required per 100 linear-foot segment, or portion of such segment. The minimum planting requirements for each type of bufferyard are set out in Table 04.12.5-2 Bufferyard Requirements per 100-Foot Segment. The bufferyard types and their required plantings are illustrated in Figure 04.12.5-1 through Figure 04.12.5-5.

      Table 04.12.5-2, Bufferyard Requirements per 100-Foot Segment
     TypeBufferyard Width (ft.) (A)  Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet (B) Screening Height (min. ft.) (C)
     Canopy TreesEvergreen / Ornamental TreesShrubs FenceWall
    I 7 ---- Not Allowed6
    II 10 4 --661
    III 20 440 Not Allowed6
    IV355660661
    V5020--------
    TABLE NOTES:
    Not required but may be provided in place of a fence
     Figure 04.12.5-1, Type I BufferyardFigure 04.12.5-2, Type II Bufferyard
     Figure 04.12.5-3, Type III Bufferyard Figure 04.12.5-4, Type IV Bufferyard
    Figure 04.12.5-5, Type V Bufferyard
    1. Bufferyard Locations.

      1. Generally.

        1. A bufferyard shall be located along the outer perimeter of a parcel, parallel to the entirety of the adjacent lot line(s) for which a bufferyard is required. Landscaping shall be planted and a fence, wall, or berm shall be installed, if applicable, on the subject property.

        2. Plantings shall be positioned in a character district bufferyard between the fence or wall and the adjoining property.

        3. A required bufferyard shall not be located on any portion of an existing, dedicated, or reserved public right-of-way.

        4. Breaks for pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicle access are allowed. Driveways or walkways shall cross a bufferyard at as near a perpendicular angle as practical.

        5. The width of a required bufferyard is calculated on the average width per 100 feet or portion of bufferyard. The minimum width of the bufferyard at any one point shall not be less than one-half the required width of the buffer.

      1. Along Streets.

        1. In place of a required bufferyard along a public right-of-way, street trees and othe rlandscaping improvements may be planted or installed in teh public right-of-way in consultation with the Director of Public Works and the Covington Urban Forester. 

        2. The Covington Urban Forester may waive a requirement for a bufferyard along a public right-of-way where:

          1. Street trees of the minimum required number are already installed and maintained in a healthy, growing condition;

          2. There is already a well-established tree planted on the subject property along the street (outside of the public right-of-way), whose crown reaches over the public right-of-way and would cause overcrowding of the new required street tree; and

          3. The specific location of a curb cut, utility line, underground vault, transit stop or station, or other feature conflicts with the placement of a tree.

    1. Berms. In place of a required wall or fence, a natural or human-made berm of a least six feet in elevation may be provided in a bufferyard. The subject property shall be located at an elevation lower than the adjacent property and the stabilized side slopes of the berm shall be no greater than 3:1.
    2. Reduced Bufferyard.

      1. Mixed-Use Districts. A development in a mixed-use character district is required to provide the character district bufferyard and plantings only if:

        1. The building heights of the new development are greater than eight feet taller than the building heights of the adjoining, existing development; or

        2. The residential element of the mixed-use development along the common lot line with the existing development is of greater density than the adjoining, existing development.

      2. Infill. An infill development in the Mixed-Use or SU character districts is required to provide the character district bufferyard and plantings only if the overall area of the development is greater than 6,000 square feet.

    3. Encroachments.

      1. Vehicles and Structures. The parking of vehicles and the placement of structures except for walls, fences, and landscaping is not allowed in a required bufferyard.

      2. Low Impact Development. Low impact development and other similar stormwater management features are permitted in a required bufferyard. 

    4. Exemptions. A parcel proposed for development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement may be exempt from the requirement to provide a bufferyard under the following conditions:

      1. Elevation Difference. Where there is an elevation difference between two adjacent properties that is six feet or greater;

      2. Natural Area. Where the subject property is separated from the adjacent property by a natural area that meets or exceeds the level of screening required by the applicable bufferyard; or

      3. Similar Adjacent Use. Where the adjacent property that would otherwise require a bufferyard has a similar principal use, as determined by the Administrator.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.12.6 Development Landscaping

  • VUA Landscaping. All lots containing a vehicular use area (VUA) with an area of 3,000 square feet or more shall provide interior landscaping in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
    1. Required Landscape Area. The area of the interior landscaping shall be equal to the amounts listed in Table 04.12.6,-1 Minimum Interior Landscape Area for VUAs.
  • Table 04.12.6-1​​​​​, Minimum Interior Landscape Area for VUAs

     Area of Vehicular Use Area (square feet)

     Minimum Interior Landscaped Area

    3,000 - 4,5005% of VUA
    4,501 - 30,0007.5% of VUA
    More than 30,00010% of VUA
      1. Standards. Required interior landscaping shall comply with the following standards:
        1. Bufferyards. The bufferyard requirements of Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards, shall not be counted toward satisfying interior landscaping standards.
        2. Design and Dispersal. Interior landscaped areas shall be designed to enhance the appearance and safety of the vehicular use areas. Such areas shall be reasonably dispersed throughout the vehicular use area.
        3. Credits. Existing plant material may be counted towards satisfaction of this requirement at an inch-for-inch rate, with properly installed tree protection zones per the adopted Covington Urban Forestry Best Management Practices (BMPs)​​​​.
        4. Plantings. One canopy tree shall be planted for each 125 square feet of required interior landscape area. Six shrubs shall be required for every 25 parking spaces provided. Large mass plantings shall include a variety of appropriate plant species, rather than a single plant species.
        5. Area, Each separate landscaped island or area shall contain a minimum of 165 square feet of area, have a minimum dimension of eight feet in any direction, and include at least one tree. Within vehicular use areas with an area of less than 4,600 square feet, required trees may be installed along the perimeter of the vehicular use area instead of within interior islands.
        6. Soil. The soil volume and composition for trees required within interior planting islands shall have three-foot minimum depth and topsoil shall be backfilled and mounded.
    1. Foundation Plantings. For the SO, AUC, and SI character districts:
      1. Minimum Radius. Buildings shall be surrounded by planting areas adjacent to the base of the building with a minimum width as set out in Table 04.12.6​​​​-2, Foundation Planting Requirements. Where planting areas are required, they may be crossed with sidewalks to provide access to the building and may be interrupted in the rear by required service and loading areas.
        Table 04.12.6-2, Foundation Planting Requirements
     Character District Minimum Radius Around Building  (feet)
     Street Front and Street SideInterior Side Rear1
     SO, AUC10106
     SI644
    TABLE NOTE:
    1Rear plantings are required only if the building has rear parking or a drive through. Planting and Decorative Materials.
      1. Street Front, Interior Side, and Street Side. One canopy tree or two ornamental trees shall be planted within the foundation planting areas that face the street front, street side, and interior side setbacks for each 30 linear feet, measured parallel to the building. Remaining portions of the planting area shall be planted with groundcover. A maximum of 10 percent of the remaining portions of the planting area may consist of decorative pavers or stamped, dyed concrete.  Wet ponds with fountains, vegetated rain gardens, naturalized wetlands, and/or xeriscape gardens may be used in lieu of or together with the required ground cover.
      2. Rear.
        1. If the base of the rear exterior wall of the building is visible from a residential or mixed-use property, an open space, or a public right-of-way, then the foundation planting area shall be planted in the same manner as required of a street, interior side, or street side foundation planting area.
        2. If the rear exterior wall of the building is not visible from the properties listed in paragraph a., above, then no foundation plantings are required.
    1. Site Landscaping.
      1. Planting Location. All areas not designated as foundation plantings, bufferyards, VUA landscaping, or utilized for pedestrian and vehicular access to the building (for example, sidewalks, parking spaces, loading spaces, service areas, and drive-in or drive-through facilities) shall be landscaped meeting the requirements of this Subsection.
      2. Trees. One canopy or evergreen tree, or three ornamental trees, shall be planted per 1,000 square feet of the site landscaping area.
      3. Shrubs. Six shrubs shall be planted per 1,000 square feet of the site landscape area. 
      4. Groundcover. All remaining ground surface not covered by Subsection C.2. and C.3., above, shall be groundcover.
      5. Exception. In place of the required groundcover and shrubbery, wet ponds with fountains, vegetated rain gardens, naturalized wetlands and/or xeriscape gardens may be installed.
      6. Calculation. Existing trees, shrubs, and groundcover that are within the boundaries of the affected property and that will not be removed may count as meeting the site landscaping requirements. This provision does not exempt vehicular use areas from meeting the standards for minimum interior landscaping, above.

    (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

    Effective on: 10/6/2021

    Sec. 04.12.7 Installation and Maintenance

  • Installation.
    1. Standard Practices. Property owners are responsible for installing landscape materials required by this Division in accordance with standard practices of horticultural professionals.
    2. Conformance with Approved Plans. The Administrator shall consult with the Urban Forester on the conformance of the landscaping plan with the requirements of this Division before taking final action on such plan. Landscaping that is  completed out of conformance with approved plans shall be subject to Article 158.08Enforcement, Penalties, and Remedies.
    3. Deferred Installation. When weather conditions do not permit planting, installation of plant material may be delayed until the start of the next growing season. In such cases, the Kenton County Chief Building Inspector is authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy for a period of up to eight months. Required landscaping shall be in place prior to the expiration of the temporary certificate of occupancy. A permanent certificate of occupancy may be issued once required landscaping is in place.
  • Maintenance.
    1. Continued Conformance. Landscape maintenance is binding to any subsequent property owners.
    2. Good Condition. The property owner shall maintain required landscaping in good condition.
    3. Continual. Maintenance of landscaping shall include continuous removal of weeds; mowing; trimming; edging; cultivation; reseeding; plant replacement; appropriate fertilization; spraying; control of pests, insects, and rodents by nontoxic methods whenever possible; watering; and other operations necessary to assure normal, healthy plant growth.
    4. Dead Vegetation. Any damaged or dead trees, shrubs, or ground cover shall be removed and replaced within six months, or by the next planting period, whichever comes first, by plant material similar in type to that which was removed.
    5. Irrigation
      1. Irrigation, beyond establishment, is not required. Where installed, permanent irrigation systems shall:
        1. Utilize low-volume irrigation emitters such as bubbler, drip irrigation, and soaker hose emitters.
        2. Be equipped with a meter, backflow preventer, and weather-based irrigation controller.
      2. Temporary spray irrigation systems may be used to establish seeded areas for grass and groundcover.
         
  • Effective on: 10/15/2020

    Sec. 04.13.1 Applicability

  • Compliance Required. It shall be a violation of this Division for any person to erect, install, convert, relocate, enlarge,  or structurally modify in any way a sign, except as specifically allowed within this Division.
    1. Exemptions. The following signs or sign elements are exempt from the provisions of this Division unless otherwise stated, but are subject to any other applicable laws and regulations:

      1. Interior Signs. Any sign installed in a building or enclosed space and not legible from the public right-of-way or from private or public property other than the property on which it is located;

      2. Small Signs. Any permanent or temporary sign with a sign area of less than four square feet in area and less than four feet in height (if freestanding), that is not separately illuminated and that is not legible from the public right-of-way or from private or public property other than the property on which it is located;

      3. Mass Transit Signs. Signs on mass transit vehicles operating in or passing through the City of Covington; 

      4. Historic District Signs. Any new or restored sign on a building or lot located within a locally designated historic district shall comply with the standards set forth in and specified by the approved Certificate of Appropriateness for that particular sign. Any standards in this NDC that are not expressly modified by the approved Certificate of Appropriateness shall still apply;
      5. Vehicle Signs. Signs on vehicles and watercraft which are regularly used in the operation of a business where:

        1. The vehicle is operable and has current tags;

        2. The sign is an on-premise sign;

        3. The vehicle is legally parked within a parking space; and

        4. The display of the sign is incidental to the vehicle use.
    2. Signs Allowed Without A Permit. The following signs or sign-like devices are allowed in all character districts without a sign permit and are not to be included in the determination of the allowable numbers, type, and area of a sign that requires a sign permit. The signs below may be subject to a Certificate of Appropriateness per Sec. 07.20.2. Signs subject to this Section shall conform to the requirements specified:
      1. Address Numbers used for the purpose of identifying the address of any building shall not be counted toward allowed sign area;
      2. Detached signs not greater than seven square feet, allowed in residential districts in accordance with Sec. 04.13.4, Permanent Signs, and Sec. 04.13.5, Temporary Signs;
      3. Temporary signs not greater than 12 square feet, allowed in nonresidential and mixed-use districts;
      4. Wall signs not greater than four square feet;
      5. Cultural decorations or displays of noncommercial nature, mounted on private residential property, which pertain to cultural observances;
      6. Cornerstones, foundation stones and memorial signs or tablets when cut into any masonry surface or inlaid so as to be part of the building or when constructed of bronze or other incombustible material, provided that no such sign shall exceed six square feet in area nor shall any such sign be separately illuminated;
      7. Symbols that are integrated into the architecture of a building;
      8. Gravestones when erected in a lawful cemetery or graveyard;
      9. Graphic images which are visible only from aircraft flying above;
      10. Signs on gasoline pumps, vending machines, news racks and similar machines and devices used for the sale or dispensing of products if they do not flash and if they are either not legible from any location other than the site on which the sign is located; or they consist entirely of letters, numerals or symbols that are less than four inches in height;
      11. In districts where drive-through and drive-up facilities are allowed, menu boards or other instructional or informational devices related to the drive-through or drive-up facilities, provided that such device is less than 12 square feet in size;
      12. Ghost signs visible from a public right-of-way, place, or facility provided that such signs are not altered in any way that changes its original design, wording, or size; and 
      13. Murals provided that they may be painted or placed only on one exterior wall of a building where such wall does not face a residential character district; and
      14. Detached incidental signs, permanent or temporary, provided that such signs are not illuminated.   
    3. Other Actions Allowed Without A Permit.  The following signs and actions related to signs shall be exempt from the permit requirements of this Division but shall be subject to all other standards of this Division:
      1. Demolition. Removal of a sign if the applicant obtains a Demolition Permit for the structure on which the sign is mounted;
      2. Change of Copy. Changing of the advertising copy or message on an existing painted or printed sign, marquee, changeable copy sign or a similar compliant sign, whether electrical, illuminated, electronic message center or non-illuminated painted message, provided that the copy on an electronic message board shall not change more frequently than allowed under Sec. 04.13.4, Permanent Signs; and
      3. Maintenance and Repair. Painting, repainting, cleaning or other normal maintenance and repair of a sign not involving structural alterations.
    4. (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

      Effective on: 10/6/2021

      Sec. 04.13.2 General Provisions

    5. Permit Required. Except as otherwise provided, no sign shall be erected, installed, converted, relocated, enlarged, or structurally modified within the City without a sign permit issued in accordance with Sec. 07.21.7Sign Plan and Permit.
    6. Signs Subject To Other Standards. Signs listed in this Subsection shall be exempt from the permit requirements of this Division; but, shall, to the maximum extent allowed by law, be subject to the other standards of this Division. This subsection shall apply to the following types of signs:
      1. Signs conforming to the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices;
      2. Signs installed by employees or officials of the City of Covington, Kenton County, a state or federal agency in the course of their governmental duties;
      3. Signs required by a state or federal statute;
      4. Signs required by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction;
      5. Signs in a historic preservation overlay district, which shall comply with the Historic Preservation Guidelines and the approved Certificate of Appropriateness for the individual sign; 
      6. Signs installed by public utilities in their rights-of-way or on their facilities; and
      7. Signs installed by a transit company with a franchise or other right to operate in the City of Covington, where such signs are installed along its routes and relate to schedules or other information about the transit route.
    7. Court Orders. Where a sign is erected pursuant to a statute or a court order, the sign may exceed the size standards of this Division or otherwise deviate from the standards in this Division to the extent that the statute or court order expressly required the larger size or other deviation. In all other respects, such signs shall conform to the standards of this Division.
    8. Product Displays, Sales Devices, Menus Boards
      1. Nothing in this Division shall prohibit or limit the outdoor display of products where allowed under this NDC, although a particular product may be a thing which would be prohibited by this Division if used as a sign and although one or more such products may have on them permanent labels that might otherwise fall under this Division. This Division shall, however, apply to any sign, banner, pennant, or other attention-attracting device affixed to a product displayed outdoors. For example, the label “Chevrolet” on an automobile or “John Deere” on a tractor shall not be considered a sign for purposes of this Division, but a separate sign attached to such a product shall be considered a sign and subject to regulation.
      2. All signs on vending machines, gas pumps, news racks and similar machines and devices that do not have the characteristics described in Paragraph 04.13.1.C.11 shall be considered “signs” and shall be subject to all of the regulations of this Division.
      3. If such a menu board or other device is larger than 12 square feet or if it is electrified, it shall require a sign permit.
    9. Policies And Rules Of Construction. This Division shall be administered, enforced and construed in accordance with the following policies:
      1. Discretionary Review. When one or more signs are part of a project or development, or a variance or conditional use permit is sought for sign(s) that requires discretionary review, then the sign shall be reviewed without regard to the graphic design or visual image on the display face of the sign, and discretion shall be restricted to structural, location and other noncommunicative aspects of the sign. This provision does not override the billboard policy.
      2. Message Neutrality. It is the City's policy to regulate signs in a constitutional manner.
      3. Regulations on Off-Site Messages. This Division distinguishes in some cases between commercial messages that relate to products or services not offered at the location of the sign (“off-site commercial messages”). The purpose of that distinction is to acknowledge the need of businesses for identification and notice of their businesses at a business location while limiting the proliferation of commercial messages generally. There is no intent to limit noncommercial messages in any way with this distinction.
      4. Billboard Policy. New billboards are prohibited. The City completely prohibits the construction, erection or use of any billboards, other than those that legally exist within the jurisdiction of this NDC, or for which a valid permit has been issued and has not expired, as of October 15, 2020. No permit shall be issued for any billboard that violates this policy, and the City shall take immediate enforcement or abatement action against any billboard constructed or maintained in violation of this policy. In adopting this provision, the City affirmatively declares that it would have adopted this billboard policy even if it were the only provision in this Division. The City intends for this billboard policy to be severable and separately enforceable even if other provision(s) of this Division may be declared, by a court of competent jurisdiction, to be unconstitutional, invalid, or unenforceable.
      5. Message Substitution. Subject to the property owner’s consent, a noncommercial message of any type may be substituted in whole or in part for the message displayed on any sign for which the sign structure or mounting device is legal without consideration of message content. Such substitution of message may be made without any additional approval or permitting. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any inadvertent favoring of commercial speech over noncommercial speech, or favoring of any particular noncommercial message over any other noncommercial message. In addition, any on-site commercial message may be substituted, in whole or in part, for any other on-site commercial message, provided that the sign structure or mounting device is legal without consideration of message content. This provision does not create a right to increase the total amount of signage on a parcel, lot or land use; does not affect the requirement that a sign structure or mounting device be properly permitted; does not allow a change in the physical structure of a sign or its mounting device; and does not allow the substitution of an off-site commercial message in place of an on-site commercial message or a noncommercial message.
      6. Regulatory Interpretations. All regulatory interpretations of this Division are to be exercised in light of the City of Covington message neutrality and message substitution policies. Where a particular type of sign is proposed in a permit application, and the type is neither expressly allowed nor prohibited by this Division, or whenever a sign does not qualify as a “structure” as defined in the building code then in effect, then the Administrator shall approve, conditionally approve, or disapprove the application based on the most similar sign type that is expressly regulated by this Division, in light of the policies stated in this Section.
      7. Non-communicative Aspects. All rules and regulations concerning the noncommunicative aspects of signs, such as location, size, height, illumination, spacing, orientation, etc., stand enforceable independently of any permit or approval process.
      8. Secondary (Overlay) Character Districts.  In any character district where both residential and nonresidential uses are allowed, the sign-related rights and responsibilities applicable to any particular parcel or land use shall be determined as follows: (1) if specific sign regulations are provided in the character district, those regulations shall be applied; or (2) if no sign regulations are provided in the character district, residential uses shall be treated as if they were located in a character district where a use of that type would be allowed as a matter of right, and nonresidential uses shall be treated as if they were located in a character district where that particular use would be allowed, either as a matter of right or subject to a conditional use permit or similar discretionary process.
      9. Property Owner's Consent. No sign may be displayed without the consent of the legal owner(s) of the property on which the sign is mounted or displayed. For purposes of this policy, “owner” means the holder of the legal title to the property and all parties and persons holding a present right to possession, control or use of the property. The signature of the property owner or authorized agent will be required on all applications for sign permits.
      10. Legal Nature of Sign Rights. As to all signs attached to real property, the signage rights, duties and obligations arising from this Division attach to and travel with the land or other property on which a sign is mounted or displayed. This provision does not modify or affect the law of fixtures, sign-related provisions in private leases regarding signs (so long as they are not in conflict with this Division or other law), or the ownership of sign structures. This provision does not apply to handheld signs or other images which are aspects of personal appearance.
      11. Severability
        1. Generally. If any part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term, or word of this Division is declared unconstitutional by the valid judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, the declaration of such unconstitutionality shall not affect any other part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division, except as limited by Paragraph b., below. 
        2. Severability Where Less Speech Results. Without diminishing or limiting in any way the declaration of severability set forth above in Paragraph a., above, or elsewhere in this Division or this NDC, if any part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division is declared unconstitutional, such declaration shall not affect any other part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division, even if such severability would result in a situation where there would be less speech, whether by subjecting previously exempt signs to permitting or otherwise additional standards.
        3. Severability of Provisions Pertaining to Prohibited Signs. Without diminishing or limiting in any way the declaration of severability set forth above in Paragraph a., above, or elsewhere in this Division or in this NDC, if any part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division or any other laws declared unconstitutional by valid judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, the declaration of such unconstitutionality shall not affect any other part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division that pertains to prohibited signs, including  specifically those signs and sign types prohibited under Sec. 04.13.3, Prohibited Signs. Furthermore, if any part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division or of any part of this NDC is declared unconstitutional by the valid judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, the declaration of such unconstitutionality shall not affect any other part, section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division, except as expressly provided in Paragraph b., above.
        4. Severability of Prohibition on Off-premise Signs. If any part section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph, sentence, phrase, clause, term or word of this Division and/or other provisions of this Division or other provisions of this NDC are declared invalid or unconstitutional by the valid judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, the declaration of such unconstitutionality shall not affect the limitations on off-premise signs as contained herein.
      12. Effective on: 10/15/2020

        Sec. 04.13.3 Prohibited Signs

      13. Generally. This Section identifies sign types, materials, design elements and locations that are prohibited in the City or extraterritorial jurisdiction.
      14. Prohibited Sign Types. Unless specifically authorized by another section of this Division, or by other law, the following sign types are prohibited at all times and in all zones:
        1. New billboards;
        2. Any freestanding sign with an area that exceeds 10 percent of the area of the site or parcel on which it is located; or two percent of the lawful, as-built floor area of the principal building on the site;
        3. Portable signs, including folding portable signs and flashing portable signs;
        4. Pennants, banners, streamers, balloons, and similar devices;
        5. Animated, projecting, revolving, and moving signs, including those which create the appearance of animation, projection, revolving or other movement, or utilize flashing or intermittent lights, or lights of changing degrees of intensity; automatic changeable copy signs that conform with Sec. 04.13.4, Permanent Sign, are not subject to this limitation;
        6. Signs which are not traffic, control or safety signals, but by their shape, color, or manner of mounting or display, appear to be traffic, control or safety signals, and thus create confusion for drivers and pedestrians, as well as signs which create or constitute traffic hazards;
        7. Signs on vacant lots in nonresidential and mixed-use districts larger than 12 square feet in area;
        8. Signs for which a separate structure is mounted on a roof or parapet; this provision does not prevent signs which are integral to the building; and
        9. Signs using sounds, music, sound effects, noises, or other sound or noise-making or transmitting device or instruments.
      15. (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

        Effective on: 10/6/2021

        Sec. 04.13.4 Permanent Signs

      16. Generally
        1. Permanent Signs. This Section sets out which type of permanent signs are permitted and the standards that apply to them.
        2. Signage Classification. Should there be any sign that has characteristics that could potentially classify it as more than one of the sign types in this Section, the more restrictive standard shall apply.
        3. Signage by Use. Certain signage is regulated by both the character district and the primary use of a given property. Provisions that to Public and Institutional uses included uses in the following categories:
          1. Civic uses; 
          2. Medical Facilities uses; and
          3. Social Service uses.
        4. Maximum Number of Signs. Any number of signs for a given sign type may be permitted on each lot per the provisions below up to the cumulative maximum area, except where a maximum number of signs allowed applies. For example, if the maximum area for a wall sign is 50 square feet and no maximum number of signs applies, then signage may be provided in one 50 sq. ft. sign, two 25 sq. ft. signs, or five 10 sq. ft. signs, among other combinations that have a cumulative area of 50 square feet.
      17. Permanent Signs. Tables 04.13.4-1 through 04.13.4-5 Allowed Permanent Signs set out:
        1. The attached and detached sign types allowed in each character district;
        2. The standards that apply to each sign type; and
        3. Whether a sign permit is required or not.
      18. Unlisted Signs. Signs that are not listed in Tables 04.13.4-1 through 04.13.4-5 or that are not expressly permitted as permanent signs per a separate provision in Division 13, Signs, are prohibited as permanent signs.
      19. Table 04.13.4-1 Allowed Permanent Signs (Special Purpose Districts)
        Character DistrictRP, REC
        Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per occupied lot
        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance of a Civic building
        Maximum Area4 sq .ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting 
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal same entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single-family use; 1 per each public entrance for all others
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign 4 sq.ft 
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  or Major Collector - Urban  street.
        Table 04.13.4-1 Allowed Permanent Signs (Special Purpose Districts)
        Character DistrictRP, REC
        Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per occupied lot
        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance of a Civic building
        Maximum Area4 sq .ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting 
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal same entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single-family use; 1 per each public entrance for all others
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign 4 sq.ft 
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  or Major Collector - Urban  street.
        Table 04.13.4-1 Allowed Permanent Signs (Special Purpose Districts)
        Character DistrictRP, REC
        Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per occupied lot
        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance of a Civic building
        Maximum Area4 sq .ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting 
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal same entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single-family use; 1 per each public entrance for all others
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign 4 sq.ft 
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  or Major Collector - Urban  street.
        Table 04.13.4-1 Allowed Permanent Signs (Special Purpose Districts)
        Character DistrictRP, REC
        Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per occupied lot
        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance of a Civic building
        Maximum Area4 sq .ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting 
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal same entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single-family use; 1 per each public entrance for all others
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign 4 sq.ft 
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  or Major Collector - Urban  street.
        Table 04.13.4-2 Allowed Permanent Signs (Residential Districts)
        Character DistrictRR, SRSU
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)

        2 at any one time, including
        all wall signs, detached signs, temporary signs, and others, may contain commercial messages.

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Additional: 1 per public entrance per building

        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Directory:  6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.Principal: 6 ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed

        Principal: Concealed or down lighting
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only 

        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--

        Principal: 5 ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)11
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealedExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign areaAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance1 per each public entrance
        Maximum Area32 sq. ft. 32 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or down lightingConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNoNo
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed or concealed

        Exposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single- or two-family use; 1 per each public entrance if other permitted use1 per dwelling unit; If the building contains 3 or more dwelling units, one additional sign permitted at each public entrance
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign4 sq. ft.4 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNot permitted for single-family use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted useNot permitted for residential use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted use
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban, or Major Collector - Urban collector street.

        Table 04.13.4-2 Allowed Permanent Signs (Residential Districts)
        Character DistrictRR, SRSU
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)

        2 at any one time, including
        all wall signs, detached signs, temporary signs, and others, may contain commercial messages.

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Additional: 1 per public entrance per building

        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Directory:  6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.Principal: 6 ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed

        Principal: Concealed or down lighting
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only 

        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--

        Principal: 5 ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)11
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealedExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign areaAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance1 per each public entrance
        Maximum Area32 sq. ft. 32 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or down lightingConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNoNo
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed or concealed

        Exposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single- or two-family use; 1 per each public entrance if other permitted use1 per dwelling unit; If the building contains 3 or more dwelling units, one additional sign permitted at each public entrance
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign4 sq. ft.4 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNot permitted for single-family use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted useNot permitted for residential use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted use
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban, or Major Collector - Urban collector street.

        Table 04.13.4-2 Allowed Permanent Signs (Residential Districts)
        Character DistrictRR, SRSU
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)

        2 at any one time, including
        all wall signs, detached signs, temporary signs, and others, may contain commercial messages.

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Additional: 1 per public entrance per building

        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Directory:  6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.Principal: 6 ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed

        Principal: Concealed or down lighting
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only 

        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--

        Principal: 5 ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)11
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealedExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign areaAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance1 per each public entrance
        Maximum Area32 sq. ft. 32 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or down lightingConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNoNo
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed or concealed

        Exposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single- or two-family use; 1 per each public entrance if other permitted use1 per dwelling unit; If the building contains 3 or more dwelling units, one additional sign permitted at each public entrance
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign4 sq. ft.4 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNot permitted for single-family use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted useNot permitted for residential use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted use
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban, or Major Collector - Urban collector street.

        Table 04.13.4-2 Allowed Permanent Signs (Residential Districts)
        Character DistrictRR, SRSU
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)

        2 at any one time, including
        all wall signs, detached signs, temporary signs, and others, may contain commercial messages.

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Additional: 1 per public entrance per building

        Maximum Area6 sq. ft.Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Directory:  6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.Principal: 6 ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        IlluminationNot allowed

        Principal: Concealed or down lighting
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only 

        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--

        Principal: 5 ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)11
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealedExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign areaAllowed, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per each public entrance1 per each public entrance
        Maximum Area32 sq. ft. 32 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or down lightingConcealed or down lighting
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNoNo
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed or concealed

        Exposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per dwelling unit if single- or two-family use; 1 per each public entrance if other permitted use1 per dwelling unit; If the building contains 3 or more dwelling units, one additional sign permitted at each public entrance
        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign4 sq. ft.4 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNot permitted for single-family use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted useNot permitted for residential use; Exposed or concealed for other permitted use
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:
        1Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        2Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban, or Major Collector - Urban collector street.

        Table 04.13.4-3 Allowed Permanent Signs (Commercial and Office Districts)
        Character DistrictSOAUC 
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)Principal: 1 per street frontage per site 
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Other: 1 per public entrance

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: Not allowed
        Other: Not allowed 

        Maximum Area per Permitted SignPrincipal: 25 sq. ft.
        Directory: 6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Other: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum HeightPrincipal: 8  ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        Principal: 20 ft. 
        Other: 4 ft.
        Illumination

        Principal: Exposed or concealed 
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only

        Concealed only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property linePrincipal: Five ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Principal: 5 ft. from any other property line;
        30 ft. from the nearest single-family residential district
        Other: 15 ft. from nearest single-family residential district

        Changeable CopyPrincipal: Automatic allowed; may cover up to 25% of sign face
        Directory: Not allowed
        Additional: Only manual changeable
        copy is allowed; may cover entire sign face
        Not allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed  or concealed 

        Exposed  or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or direct source onlyExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedAutomatic allowed; may cover up to 25 percent of the sign face area 
        Window Sign3AllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area25 percent of window area on a building wall25 percent of window area on a building wall
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowedExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  arterial or Major Collector - Urban collector street.
        Signs that are installed behind windows, but that are legible from other private property or from driving lanes of adjacent streets shall be subject to limitations on both window signs and wall signs.
        Table 04.13.4-3 Allowed Permanent Signs (Commercial and Office Districts)
        Character DistrictSOAUC 
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)Principal: 1 per street frontage per site 
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Other: 1 per public entrance

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: Not allowed
        Other: Not allowed 

        Maximum Area per Permitted SignPrincipal: 25 sq. ft.
        Directory: 6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Other: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum HeightPrincipal: 8  ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        Principal: 20 ft. 
        Other: 4 ft.
        Illumination

        Principal: Exposed or concealed 
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only

        Concealed only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property linePrincipal: Five ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Principal: 5 ft. from any other property line;
        30 ft. from the nearest single-family residential district
        Other: 15 ft. from nearest single-family residential district

        Changeable CopyPrincipal: Automatic allowed; may cover up to 25% of sign face
        Directory: Not allowed
        Additional: Only manual changeable
        copy is allowed; may cover entire sign face
        Not allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed  or concealed 

        Exposed  or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or direct source onlyExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedAutomatic allowed; may cover up to 25 percent of the sign face area 
        Window Sign3AllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area25 percent of window area on a building wall25 percent of window area on a building wall
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowedExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  arterial or Major Collector - Urban collector street.
        Signs that are installed behind windows, but that are legible from other private property or from driving lanes of adjacent streets shall be subject to limitations on both window signs and wall signs.
        Table 04.13.4-3 Allowed Permanent Signs (Commercial and Office Districts)
        Character DistrictSOAUC 
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)Principal: 1 per street frontage per site 
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Other: 1 per public entrance

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: Not allowed
        Other: Not allowed 

        Maximum Area per Permitted SignPrincipal: 25 sq. ft.
        Directory: 6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Other: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum HeightPrincipal: 8  ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        Principal: 20 ft. 
        Other: 4 ft.
        Illumination

        Principal: Exposed or concealed 
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only

        Concealed only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property linePrincipal: Five ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Principal: 5 ft. from any other property line;
        30 ft. from the nearest single-family residential district
        Other: 15 ft. from nearest single-family residential district

        Changeable CopyPrincipal: Automatic allowed; may cover up to 25% of sign face
        Directory: Not allowed
        Additional: Only manual changeable
        copy is allowed; may cover entire sign face
        Not allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed  or concealed 

        Exposed  or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or direct source onlyExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedAutomatic allowed; may cover up to 25 percent of the sign face area 
        Window Sign3AllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area25 percent of window area on a building wall25 percent of window area on a building wall
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowedExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  arterial or Major Collector - Urban collector street.
        Signs that are installed behind windows, but that are legible from other private property or from driving lanes of adjacent streets shall be subject to limitations on both window signs and wall signs.
        Table 04.13.4-3 Allowed Permanent Signs (Commercial and Office Districts)
        Character DistrictSOAUC 
        Detached Sign Allowed Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)Principal: 1 per street frontage per site 
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance
        Other: 1 per public entrance

        Principal: 1 per street frontage per site
        Directory: Not allowed
        Other: Not allowed 

        Maximum Area per Permitted SignPrincipal: 25 sq. ft.
        Directory: 6 sq. ft.
        Additional: 6 sq. ft.
        Principal: 25 sq. ft. 
        Other: 6 sq. ft.
        Maximum HeightPrincipal: 8  ft. 
        Directory: 4 ft.
        Additional: 4 ft.
        Principal: 20 ft. 
        Other: 4 ft.
        Illumination

        Principal: Exposed or concealed 
        Directory: Concealed only
        Additional: Concealed only

        Concealed only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property linePrincipal: Five ft. (front); 10 ft. (other)
        Directory:15 ft.
        Additional: 25 ft.

        Principal: 5 ft. from any other property line;
        30 ft. from the nearest single-family residential district
        Other: 15 ft. from nearest single-family residential district

        Changeable CopyPrincipal: Automatic allowed; may cover up to 25% of sign face
        Directory: Not allowed
        Additional: Only manual changeable
        copy is allowed; may cover entire sign face
        Not allowed
        Permanent Entrance Sign1,2AllowedAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.6 ft.
        Illumination

        Exposed  or concealed 

        Exposed  or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        Wall SignAllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located2 sq. ft. per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which the sign is located
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationConcealed or direct source onlyExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedAutomatic allowed; may cover up to 25 percent of the sign face area 
        Window Sign3AllowedAllowed
        Maximum Area25 percent of window area on a building wall25 percent of window area on a building wall
        Maximum Height----
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowedExternal or internal, concealed or direct source
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line----
        Changeable CopyNot allowedNot allowed
        TABLE NOTES: 
        Masonry wall, landscaping, or other similar materials or features permitted.
        Signs shall be located at the principal entrance(s) fronting arterial or collector streets as classified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan as a Principle Arterial - Urban, Minor Arterial - Urban,  arterial or Major Collector - Urban collector street.
        Signs that are installed behind windows, but that are legible from other private property or from driving lanes of adjacent streets shall be subject to limitations on both window signs and wall signs.
         Table 04.13.4-4 Allowed Permanent Signs (Mixed-Use Districts)
        Character DistrictsCMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, TUR, DTR
        Detached Sign Not Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)--
        Maximum Area--
        Maximum Height--
        Illumination--
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable Copy--
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyYes, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area.
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per linear foot of building width, not to exceed 150 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Permanent Entrance SignAllowed
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationYes
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Projecting Sign1 Allowed in CMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, and DTR
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft. per face (2 maximum equal faces)
        Height of Bottom of SignNot less than 7 ft. measured from the sidewalk
        Maximum Height20 ft. above sidewalk,
        or the top of a parapet wall, whichever is less
        IlluminationInternal, external, direct, indirect, exposed or any combination
        Maximum Projection from Face of the BuildingSix feet (as measured perpendicular to a wall), or two-thirds of the distance from the façade of the building to the street-side edge of the sidewalk, whichever is less
        Changeable CopyAutomated allowed; may cover up to 50% of any sign face
        Wall Sign2Allowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. of sign area per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which sign is located
        Maximum HeightNot to extend above the top of the wall of the building, including parapets and architectural extensions
        IlluminationConcealed source only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Window SignAllowed
        Maximum Area25% of the window area of a building wall
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:

        1No sign shall project over a public right-of-way unless the sign owner has obtained an encroachment permit for such sign. No sign shall project over any portion of a right-of-way used as a street, alley or other way for vehicular travel; encroachment permits are limited to allowing projecting signs to extend over sidewalks.

        2See Subsection F, below, for wall sign standards for buildings taller than five stories or 50 feet, whichever is less.  

         Table 04.13.4-4 Allowed Permanent Signs (Mixed-Use Districts)
        Character DistrictsCMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, TUR, DTR
        Detached Sign Not Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)--
        Maximum Area--
        Maximum Height--
        Illumination--
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable Copy--
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyYes, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area.
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per linear foot of building width, not to exceed 150 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Permanent Entrance SignAllowed
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationYes
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Projecting Sign1 Allowed in CMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, and DTR
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft. per face (2 maximum equal faces)
        Height of Bottom of SignNot less than 7 ft. measured from the sidewalk
        Maximum Height20 ft. above sidewalk,
        or the top of a parapet wall, whichever is less
        IlluminationInternal, external, direct, indirect, exposed or any combination
        Maximum Projection from Face of the BuildingSix feet (as measured perpendicular to a wall), or two-thirds of the distance from the façade of the building to the street-side edge of the sidewalk, whichever is less
        Changeable CopyAutomated allowed; may cover up to 50% of any sign face
        Wall Sign2Allowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. of sign area per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which sign is located
        Maximum HeightNot to extend above the top of the wall of the building, including parapets and architectural extensions
        IlluminationConcealed source only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Window SignAllowed
        Maximum Area25% of the window area of a building wall
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:

        1No sign shall project over a public right-of-way unless the sign owner has obtained an encroachment permit for such sign. No sign shall project over any portion of a right-of-way used as a street, alley or other way for vehicular travel; encroachment permits are limited to allowing projecting signs to extend over sidewalks.

        2See Subsection F, below, for wall sign standards for buildings taller than five stories or 50 feet, whichever is less.  

         Table 04.13.4-4 Allowed Permanent Signs (Mixed-Use Districts)
        Character DistrictsCMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, TUR, DTR
        Detached Sign Not Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)--
        Maximum Area--
        Maximum Height--
        Illumination--
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable Copy--
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyYes, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area.
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per linear foot of building width, not to exceed 150 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Permanent Entrance SignAllowed
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationYes
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Projecting Sign1 Allowed in CMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, and DTR
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft. per face (2 maximum equal faces)
        Height of Bottom of SignNot less than 7 ft. measured from the sidewalk
        Maximum Height20 ft. above sidewalk,
        or the top of a parapet wall, whichever is less
        IlluminationInternal, external, direct, indirect, exposed or any combination
        Maximum Projection from Face of the BuildingSix feet (as measured perpendicular to a wall), or two-thirds of the distance from the façade of the building to the street-side edge of the sidewalk, whichever is less
        Changeable CopyAutomated allowed; may cover up to 50% of any sign face
        Wall Sign2Allowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. of sign area per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which sign is located
        Maximum HeightNot to extend above the top of the wall of the building, including parapets and architectural extensions
        IlluminationConcealed source only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Window SignAllowed
        Maximum Area25% of the window area of a building wall
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:

        1No sign shall project over a public right-of-way unless the sign owner has obtained an encroachment permit for such sign. No sign shall project over any portion of a right-of-way used as a street, alley or other way for vehicular travel; encroachment permits are limited to allowing projecting signs to extend over sidewalks.

        2See Subsection F, below, for wall sign standards for buildings taller than five stories or 50 feet, whichever is less.  

         Table 04.13.4-4 Allowed Permanent Signs (Mixed-Use Districts)
        Character DistrictsCMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, TUR, DTR
        Detached Sign Not Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)--
        Maximum Area--
        Maximum Height--
        Illumination--
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable Copy--
        Public and Institutional Use Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)1 per permitted use
        Maximum Area40 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationExposed or concealed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyYes, but not to exceed  30% of the sign area.
        Public and Institutional Use Wall SignAllowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. per linear foot of building width, not to exceed 150 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNot allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Permanent Entrance SignAllowed
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationYes
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Projecting Sign1 Allowed in CMU, CRM, DTC, TUMU, and DTR
        Maximum Area50 sq. ft. per face (2 maximum equal faces)
        Height of Bottom of SignNot less than 7 ft. measured from the sidewalk
        Maximum Height20 ft. above sidewalk,
        or the top of a parapet wall, whichever is less
        IlluminationInternal, external, direct, indirect, exposed or any combination
        Maximum Projection from Face of the BuildingSix feet (as measured perpendicular to a wall), or two-thirds of the distance from the façade of the building to the street-side edge of the sidewalk, whichever is less
        Changeable CopyAutomated allowed; may cover up to 50% of any sign face
        Wall Sign2Allowed
        Maximum Area2 sq. ft. of sign area per lineal foot of building width on the side of the building on which sign is located
        Maximum HeightNot to extend above the top of the wall of the building, including parapets and architectural extensions
        IlluminationConcealed source only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        Window SignAllowed
        Maximum Area25% of the window area of a building wall
        Maximum Height--
        IlluminationNo separate illumination allowed
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed

        TABLE NOTES:

        1No sign shall project over a public right-of-way unless the sign owner has obtained an encroachment permit for such sign. No sign shall project over any portion of a right-of-way used as a street, alley or other way for vehicular travel; encroachment permits are limited to allowing projecting signs to extend over sidewalks.

        2See Subsection F, below, for wall sign standards for buildings taller than five stories or 50 feet, whichever is less.  

         Table 04.13.4-5 Allowed Permanent Signs (Industrial Districts)
        Character DistrictSI, LI, GI
        Detached Sign Allowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)

        Principal: 1 per street frontage
        Directory: 1 per vehicle entrance and one per public entrance per building

        Maximum Area per Permitted Sign80 sq. ft. per sign face
        Maximum HeightPrincipal and Directory: 15 ft.
        IlluminationConcealed source only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property linePrincipal and Directory: 15 ft. from nearest right-of-way; 20 feet from any other property line;
        100 feet from nearest single-family residential district
        Changeable CopyPrincipal: Automatic allowed; may cover up to 25% of sign face allowed
        Directory: Not allowed
        Permanent Entrance SignAllowed
        Number Allowed (Max.)2 (each located at opposite sides of the principal same entrance)
        Cumulative Maximum Area50 sq. ft.
        Maximum Height6 ft.
        IlluminationYes
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNo
        Wall SignAllowed
        Cumulative Maximum Area2 square feet of sign area per lineal foot of building width on the side of building
        on which sign is located
        Maximum HeightNot to extend beyond the top of the building wall, including parapets and architectural extensions.
        IlluminationConcealed source only
        Minimum Setback from the nearest property line--
        Changeable CopyNot allowed
        1. Illumination. Signs may be illuminated as specified in this Section, consistent with the following standards:
          1. Location. Summary tables 04.13.4-1 through 04.13.4-5 provide information about what types of illumination are permitted for each sign type in each character district.
          2. Visibility. Light sources to illuminate signs shall neither be visible from any street right-of-way, nor cause glare hazardous or distracting to pedestrians, vehicle drivers, or adjacent properties.
          3. Sign Illumination. Signs shall not exceed 0.3 foot-candle of light over ambient light conditions.
          4. Types of Illumination. Where permitted, illumination may be:
            1. Signs with exposed illumination are subject to the following standards:
              1. The source of the light shall be concealed by opaque covers.
              2. Any light sources intended to illuminate surfaces behind a sign letter or symbol to produce a halo effect shall be fully concealed from view.
              3. Exposed illumination shall be by a steady, stationary light source, shielded and directed solely at the sign. The light source shall be static in color.
                Figure 04.13.4-1,  Example Signs With Exposed Illumination

                UPLIGHTING

                DOWNLIGHTING

            2. Signs with concealed illumination are subject to the following standards:
              1. Internal illumination, including neon lighting, shall be static in intensity and color.
              2. Message center signs and digital displays are permitted in accordance with the regulations contained in Sec. 04.13.4.G, Changeable Copy.
              3. Figure 04.13.4-2, Example Signs With Concealed Illumination

                CABINET SIGN

                CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL LETTER SIGN

                BACK-LIT CHANNEL LETTER SIGN (HALO EFFECT)

          5. Neon Lighting. Where exposed illumination is permitted and where artistically appropriate, neon or similar tubing may be used in conjunction with other types of materials to attractively emphasize the business name and/or logo. Linear exposed neon lighting outlining the perimeters or architectural features of buildings is prohibited.
          6. Sign Electrical Raceways and Conduits.

            1. Electrical transformer boxes and raceways should be concealed from public view. If a raceway cannot be mounted internally behind the finished exterior wall, the exposed metal surfaces of the raceway should be finished to match the background wall or integrated into the overall sign design.

            2. If raceways are necessary, they should be as thin and narrow as possible and should never extend in width or height beyond the area of the sign’s lettering or graphics.

        2. Projecting Signs.

          1. Placement. A projecting sign may not be closer than 15 feet to another projecting sign, except on a corner lot, where a projecting sign may be placed at the corner of the building.
          2. Encroachment. A projecting sign may not project over a street, alley, or driveway.
          3. Seal. An application for a permit for a projecting sign shall bear the seal of an architect or engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
        3. Additional Wall Signs On Tall Buildings. In addition to wall signs permitted for all buildings in these districts, any building that is taller than five stories or 50 feet, whichever is less, may have one additional wall sign on each building facade, subject to the following limitations:
          1. Height. Such sign shall be located at or above the highest story on the building but shall not extend above the top of the wall of the building, including parapets and architectural extensions;
          2. Area. No such sign shall exceed 150 square feet in area, plus an additional one square foot in area for each one foot by which the top of the sign exceeds 50 feet above the sidewalk;
          3. Example. A building that is 50 feet tall is allowed a 150-sq. ft. sign at the top of the building; a building that is 75 feet tall, with the top of the sign located at the top of the building, is allowed a 175 s.f. sign at the top of the building (150 s.f. plus [75 minus 50] s.f.);
          4. Total Area of Wall Signs. The wall signs allowed under this subsection are allowed in addition to the wall signs allowed in the tables above, but the total area of wall signs on one face of the building shall in no case exceed 20 percent of the building face;
          5. Concealed Source. Lighting for the signs allowed under this subsection shall be by concealed source only; and
          6. Changeable Copy. Signs allowed under this subsection shall not include any form of changeable copy.

        (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

        Effective on: 10/6/2021

        Sec. 04.13.5 Temporary Signs

      20. Temporary Residential Character District Signs. A maximum of six temporary signs will be permitted on each lot in a residential character district, subject to the following standards and conditions:
        1. The total combined sign area of all temporary signs on one property shall not exceed 36 square feet;
        2. It shall be attached at all four corners or otherwise firmly affixed to a wall of the principal building or it may be freestanding; and
        3. If it is freestanding, it shall not exceed four feet in height.
      21. Temporary Nonresidential or Mixed-Use Character District Signs. One temporary sign will be permitted on each lot in a non-residential or mixed-use character district, subject to the following standards and conditions:
        1. It shall not exceed 12 square feet in area;
        2. It shall be attached at all four corners or otherwise firmly affixed to a wall of the principal building or it may be freestanding;
        3. If it is freestanding, it shall be supported by one or more posts or similar devices in the ground and shall not exceed six feet in height;
        4. In no case shall such a sign be affixed to a tree or other natural feature, a fence, a utility pole, or a fixture or structure on the property other than the principal building;
        5. If the message relates to an event, such sign shall be removed within seven days following the conclusion of the event; and
        6. Such a sign may bear any noncommercial message or a commercial message.
      22. Temporary Subdivision Signs. As a temporary use accessory to the permitted activity of lawful subdivision development, one temporary sign at each principal entrance to a subdivision is allowed. There shall in no case be more than one such sign for each 50 lots in a proposed subdivision. Such sign shall not be illuminated and shall not exceed 32 square feet in area. Such sign shall be removed upon the earlier of the following:
        1. A period of two years from the date of installation.
        2. Sale of more than 90 percent of the lots in the subdivision; or
        3. Installation of a permanent neighborhood identification sign.
      23. Temporary Civic Building Signs. A Civic building type on a site larger than five acres may have in association with it banners that are subject to the following standards:
        1. Such banners shall be anchored to a pole or building at the top and bottom, so that the end of the banner does not flap in the wind, like a flag or pennant;
        2. Such banners may be attached to poles serving another purpose, such as supporting parking lot or street lights, or
          to separate poles used only for the banners;
        3. If the banners are attached to separate poles, those poles shall not exceed 24 feet in height, and no two such poles
          shall be closer to one another than 75 feet, measured in a straight line;
        4. Such banners shall not exceed 16 square feet in area on one side;
        5. Each such banner may contain a message on each side;
        6. Such banners shall not be separately illuminated; and
        7. Such banners may be visible from the public right-of-way but shall not be legible from any location except the site
          used by the institution.
      24. Temporary Sidewalk Signs. In the Mixed-Use districts, temporary sidewalk signs shall be allowed, subject to the following standards and limitations:
        1. One such sign shall be allowed for each business establishment with a public entrance onto a public
          sidewalk, provided that such sign can be placed in a way that conforms with the other standards of this subsection;
        2. The sidewalk sign shall be placed only on the sidewalk directly in front of the establishment;
        3. A sidewalk sign shall be an A-frame or other self-supporting design, without separate structural members;
        4. A sidewalk sign shall not be more than four feet in height or two feet in width;
        5. A sidewalk sign shall be placed so that it does not block any public entrance or required emergency exit from a
          building and so that, when considering the sign in combination with other obstacles such as parking meters,
          street signs, newspaper vending boxes, fire hydrants, planters, and bus stop benches, there is a clear passage of at
          least six feet;
        6. A sidewalk sign may have two faces, neither of which shall exceed six square feet in area. If a sidewalk sign of this size cannot be placed in front of the establishment in such a way that it meets the requirements of the immediately preceding paragraph, then the sidewalk sign shall be reduced in size to allow such standards to be met, or no sidewalk sign shall be allowed;
        7. A sidewalk sign may contain provisions for manual changing of copy, including blackboards and whiteboards,
          but shall not include electronic changeable copy;
        8. A sidewalk sign may be placed on the sidewalk only during hours when the establishment to which it pertains is open for business; a sidewalk sign located in front of a business that is not open shall be considered an abandoned sign and may be removed by City of Covington without notice and without liability for its value;
        9. A sidewalk sign may not be separately illuminated or electrified in any way; and
        10. A sidewalk sign may bear any noncommercial message or a commercial message related to goods or services available on the premises that front on the sidewalk.
      25. Temporary Banner Signs. Any Civic building type on a site larger than five acres may have in association with it a banner sign that are subject to the following standards:
        1. Such banners shall be anchored to a pole or building at the top and bottom, so that the end of the banner does not flap in the wind, like a flag or pennant;
        2. Such banners may be attached to poles serving another purpose, such as supporting parking lot or street lights, or to separate poles used only for the banners;
        3. If the banners are attached to separate poles, those poles shall not exceed 24 feet in height, and no two such poles shall be closer to one another than 75 feet, measured in a straight line;
        4. Such banners shall not exceed 16 square feet in area on one side;
        5. Such banners shall not be separately illuminated; and
        6. Such banners may be visible from the public right-of-way but shall not be legible from any location except the site used by the institution.
      26. Effective on: 10/15/2020

        04.13.6 Installation, Design, and Construction Standards

      27. Location.
        1. No sign shall project over a public right-of-way unless the sign owner has obtained an encroachment permit for such sign. No sign shall project over any portion of a right-of-way used as a street, alley or other way for vehicular travel; encroachment permits are limited to allowing projecting signs to extend over sidewalks.
        2. No sign shall be located within eight vertical feet or four horizontal feet of overhead exposed electrical or other wires. This shall not apply to such wires that are insulated or wrapped for safety.  
        3. No sign located within a clear sight triangle shall obstruct the vision of motorists or pedestrians between a height of 30 inches and 108 inches off the ground.
        4. No sign shall be located so that it blocks the free airflow through windows in residential units.
        5. No sign shall be located so that it obstructs access to or from a doorway, fire escape, or required escape window.
        6. No wall sign shall extend above the top of the wall of the building, including parapets and architectural extensions.
      28. Flashing Signs, Moving Signs, And Changeable Copy Signs.
        1. General Rule. Signs that move, flash or simulate movement are prohibited except as allowed under this section. A changeable copy sign is considered a different classification of sign under this Division. Conversion of an existing sign to a changeable copy sign or to add changeable copy elements to it is allowed only if the modified sign will conform with all standards in this Section and with all other applicable standards related to the location, height, size and other characteristics of the sign.
        2. Rules for Automatic Changeable Copy Signs Allowed under this Division. Automatic changeable copy signs shall be allowed only in those districts and for those uses in which “changeable copy sign, automatic” is listed as a permitted sign type and shall be subject to the following additional restrictions:
          1. Such technology shall be programed so that the message or image on the sign changes no more often than every eight seconds.
          2. There shall be no effects of movement, flashing, scintillation, or similar effects in the individual images.
          3. Changes of image shall be substantially instantaneous as seen by the human eye and shall not use fading, rolling, window shading, dissolving or similar effects as part of the change.
          4. Video technology in signs shall use automatic level controls to reduce light levels at night and under cloudy or other darkened conditions, in accordance with the following standards:
            1. All electronic or digital display unit message boards shall have installed ambient light monitors, and shall at all times allow such monitors to automatically adjust the brightness level of the electronic board based on ambient light conditions.
            2. Maximum brightness levels for electronic or digital display boards shall not exceed 5,000 nits when measured from the billboard’s face at its maximum brightness, during daylight hours and 500 nits when measured from the board face at its maximum brightness between dusk and dawn, i.e., the time of day between sunrise and sunset.
          5. Any sign using electronic or electro-mechanical technology for changeable copy message boards, which malfunctions, fails, or ceases to operate in its usual or normal programed manner causing therein motion, movement, flashing or any other similar effects, shall be repaired or disconnected within 48 hours by the owner or operator of such billboard.
          6. The area of a sign consisting of electronic or electromechanical message board elements shall not constitute more than 200 square feet of a sign.
          7. The following limitations shall apply to the location of signs using electronic or electro-mechanical technology for a message board:
            1. A sign on which the electronic or electromechanical message board includes 100 or more square feet of sign area shall not be erected within 500 feet of property falling in one of the City of Covington or other jurisdiction's residential districts, although this restriction shall not apply to mixed-use districts and commercial districts allowing residential uses.
            2. A sign on which the electronic or electromechanical message board includes 20 or more square feet of sign area but less than 100 square feet of sign area shall not be erected within 200 feet of property falling in one of the City of Covington or other jurisdiction's residential districts, although this restriction shall not apply to mixed-use districts and commercial districts allowing residential use.
            3. A sign on which the electronic or electromechanical message board includes less than 20 square feet of sign area shall not be erected within 100 feet of property zoned and used exclusively for single-family uses; it is the express intent of this provision to allow the use of such technology on signs for institutional uses located in residential districts, provided that the required separation is maintained between the sign and any property zoned and exclusively used for a single-family use.
        3. Rules for Manual Changeable Copy Signs Allowed under this Division.

          1. Manual changeable copy reader boards are only permitted on monument signs or marquee signs.
          2. Manual changeable copy message centers, including their frames, shall make up not more than 30 percent of the sign area. The balance of the sign area shall utilize permanently affixed letters or symbols. 
          3. Lettering of manual changeable copy signs shall be of a single style and shall be of uniform color and size.

      29. Measurements.
        1. Computation of Sign Area. Formulas for calculating sign area in the shape of a rectangle, square, triangle, ellipse, circle, or similar common geometric shapes shall use commonly accepted mathematical methods as elaborated upon in Figure 04.13.6-1, Sign Area Measurements.
      30.  Figure 04.13.6-1, Sign Area Measurements 
         MeasurementImage 
        Signs Other than Wall Sign 
        1. The entire area contained within a single continuous perimeter enclosing the extreme limits of the sign. For detached signs composed of more than one sign cabinet or module, the gross surface area shall include the sum of the area in each cabinet or module only. If a sign has more than one face, the gross surface area shall be equal to the maximum area of the sign face or faces visible from any ground position along any public right-of-way at any one time.
        2. The perimeter of a sign will not include lighting fixtures, pole covers, landscaping, framing, decorative roofing,moldings or aprons or other architectural or decorative embellishments, provided they contain no written copy,logos or symbols.
         
         Wall Signs 
        The gross surface area of a wall sign is the entire area contained within a single continuous perimeter composed of any straight-line geometric figure(s) which encloses the extreme limits of the advertising message(s).
        If the sign is composed of individual letters or symbols using the wall as the background with no added decoration, color or embellishment, the total sign area shall be calculated by measuring the area within the perimeter of each symbol or letter. The combined area of the individual figures shall be considered the total sign area as depicted with the yellow lettering in the image to the right. 
        Multi-Faced Signs 
        The sign area for a sign with more than one face shall be computed by adding together the area of all sign faces visible from any one point. When two identical sign faces are placed back to back, so that both faces cannot be viewed from any point at the same time, and when such sign faces are part of the same sign structure and are not more than 42 inches apart, the sign area shall be computed by the measurement of one of the faces.
          1. Measurement of Height of Sign. Sign height shall be measured as shown in Figure 04.13.6-2, Sign Height Measurement.
           Figure 04.13.6-2, Sign Height Measurements
         MeasurementImage 
        Sign height shall be measured from the elevation at the base of the sign to the highest point of the highest element of the sign, excluding any incidental structural element, such as an uplift cable for a projecting sign. Where the sign is located on a mound or berm, the average elevation of the land 20 feet to each side of the sign shall be used as a basis for measuring height.

        Effective on: 10/15/2020

        Sec. 04.13.7 Maintenance

      31. Responsibility. The property owner shall be liable to maintain such sign, including its illumination sources, in a neat and orderly condition and good working order at all times and to prevent the development of any deterioration in the safety of such sign. The property owner may assign such responsibility to a tenant or other party, but the property owner shall remain accountable for the maintenance.
      32. Maintenance and Changing of Copy. Nothing in this Division shall prohibit the routine maintenance of any nonconforming sign or the changing of the copy or content of any nonconforming sign, except where such maintenance or change in copy would increase the degree of its nonconformity.
         
      33. Effective on: 10/15/2020

        Sec. 04.14.1 Applicability

      34. Applicability.  This Division shall apply to all:

        1. Special Flood Hazard Areas within the City;

        2. Areas applicable to KRS 151.250; and

        3. Additional areas subject to periodic inundation by floodwaters as determined by the Floodplain Administrator or designee from available technical studies, historical information, and other available and reliable sources.

      35. Objectives.  The objectives of this Division are to:

        1. Protect human life and health;

        2. Minimize expenditure of public money for costly flood control projects;

        3. Minimize the need for rescue and relief efforts associated with flooding and generally undertaken at the expense of the general public;

        4. Minimize prolonged business interruptions;

        5. Minimize damage to public facilities and utilities such as water and gas mains, electric, telephone and sewer lines; streets and bridges located in areas of special flood hazard;

        6. Help maintain a stable tax base by providing for the sound use and development of areas of special flood hazard or other flood-prone areas in such a manner as to minimize future flood blighted areas caused by flooding;

        7. Ensure that potential homebuyers are on notice that property is in a Special Flood Hazard Area; and,

        8. Ensure that those who occupy a Special Flood Hazard Area assume responsibility for their actions.

      36. Statutory Authorization.  The Legislature of the Commonwealth of Kentucky has in KRS 151.230 delegated to local government units the authority to adopt regulations designed to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare of its citizenry.  Therefore, the City adopts Division 14, Environment by these findings of fact:

        1. Finding of Fact.

          1. The flood hazard areas of Covington are subject to periodic inundations which result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of commerce and governmental services, extraordinary public expenditures for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all which adversely affect the public health, safety, and general welfare.

          2. These flood losses are caused by the cumulative effect of obstructions in floodplains causing increased flood height and velocity, and by the location in flood hazard areas of uses vulnerable to floods or hazardous to other lands which are inadequately elevated, flood-proofed, or otherwise protected from flood damage.

      37. Effective on: 10/15/2020

        Sec. 04.14.2 General Provisions

      38. Basis for Establishing the Special Flood Hazard Areas.   The areas of Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in the Flood Insurance Study (FIS) for Kenton County, dated May 16, 2013, with the accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMS), other supporting data and any subsequent amendments thereto, are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of these regulations by Covington, and for those land areas acquired by Covington through annexation. This FIS and attendant mapping is the minimum area of applicability of this Division and may be supplemented by studies for other areas which allow implementation of this Division and which are recommended to the City Council by the Floodplain Administrator and are enacted by City Council pursuant to statutes governing land use management regulations.  The FIS and/or FIRM are permanent records of Covington and are on file and available for review by the public during regular business hours at Covington City Hall.  
      39. Development Permit.    A Development Permit shall be required in conformance with the provisions of this Division prior to the commencement of any development activities in the SFHAs.  See Sec. 07.21.5Floodplain Development Permit for instructions and explanation.
      40. Compliance.  No structure or land shall hereafter be constructed, located, extended, converted or structurally altered without full compliance with the terms of this Division and other applicable state regulations. Violations of these requirements shall be determined as set out in Sec. 08.25.1, Violations
      41. Warning and Disclaimer of Liability.  The degree of flood protection required by this Division is considered reasonable for regulatory purposes and is based on scientific and engineering considerations.  Larger floods can and will occur on rare occasions.  Flood heights may be increased by man-made or natural causes.  This Division does not imply that land outside the areas of SFHAs or uses permitted within such areas will be free from flooding or flood damage.  This Division shall not create liability on the part of the City for any flood damages that result from reliance on this Division or any administrative decision lawfully made hereunder.
      42. Enforcement, Violation Notice and Penalties.  Any violations, citations, and penalties shall be enforced as per the standards established in Article 158.08Enforcement, Penalties, and Remedies.
      43. Effective on: 10/15/2020

        Sec. 04.14.3 Flood Hazard Reduction

      44. General Construction Standards.  In all Special Flood Hazard Areas (SFHA) the following provisions are required:
        1. New Construction and Substantial Improvements.  All new construction and substantial improvements shall be:
          1. Adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement of the structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy;
          2. Constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage; and
          3. Constructed by methods and practices that minimize flood damage.
        2. Manufactured Homes. All manufactured homes shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, and lateral movement.  Methods of anchoring may include, but are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors.  This standard shall be in addition to and consistent with applicable state requirements for resisting wind forces;
        3. Service facilities.  electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, air condition equipment, and other service facilities shall be:
          1. Designed and/or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components during conditions of flooding; and
          2. If within Zones AH or AO, so that there are adequate drainage paths around structures on slopes to guide flood waters around and away from proposed structures.  
        4. Water Supply and Sanitary Sewer Systems.  New and replacement water supply and sanitary systems shall be designed:
          1. To minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into and discharges from the systems into flood waters; and
          2. On-site waste disposal systems shall be located and constructed to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding.
        5. Alteration, Repair, or Reconstruction.  Any alteration, repair, reconstruction, or improvements to a structure, which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Section shall meet the requirements of “new construction” as contained in this Section or shall only be undertaken if said non-conformity is not furthered, extended, or replaced.
      45. Specific Standards.   In all SFHAs where base flood elevation data have been provided, as set forth in Sec. 04.14.2, General Provisions, the following provisions are required:
        1. Residential Construction.  New construction and substantial improvement of any residential structure (including manufactured home) shall have the lowest floor, including basement, mechanical equipment, and ductwork elevated no lower than two feet above the base flood elevation.  Should solid foundation perimeter walls be used to elevate a structure, openings sufficient to facilitate automatic equalization of hydrostatic flood forces on walls shall be provided in accordance with standards of this Section.
        2. AO Zone.  In an AO zone, the lowest floor shall be elevated above the highest adjacent grade to a height equal to or higher than the depth number specified in feet on the FIRM, or elevated at least two feet above the highest adjacent grade if no depth number is specified. 
        3. A Zone.   In an A zone, where no technical data has been produced by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the Floodplain Administrator will determine the method by which base flood elevations are determined.  Methods include, but are not limited to, detailed hydrologic and hydraulic analyses, use of existing data available from other sources, approximate methods, use of historical data, best supportable and reasonable judgment in the event no data can be produced. The lowest floor shall be elevated no lower than two feet above such base flood elevation. Title 401 KAR (Kentucky Administrative Regulations) Chapter 4, Regulation 060, Section 5(5)a, states as a part of the technical requirements for a State Floodplain Permit that:
          1. The applicant shall provide cross-sections for determining floodway boundaries (and thereby Base Flood Elevations) at any proposed construction site where FEMA maps are not available. All cross-sections shall be referenced to mean sea level and shall have vertical error tolerances of no more than 0.5 feet.
          2. Cross-sections elevations shall be taken at those points which represent significant breaks in slope and at points where hydraulic characteristics of the base floodplain change. Each cross-section shall extend across the entire base floodplain and shall be in the number and at the locations specified by the cabinet. If necessary to ensure that significant flood damage will not occur, the cabinet may require additional cross-sections or specific site elevations which extend beyond those needed for making routine regulatory floodway boundary calculations.
        4. Completion of Construction.  Upon the completion of the structure, the elevation of the lowest floor (including basement) shall be certified by a registered professional engineer or surveyor and verified by the community building inspection department to be properly elevated.  Such certification and verification shall be provided to the Floodplain Administrator.
      46. Nonresidential Construction.  New construction and substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial, or non-residential structure (including manufactured homes used for non-residential purposes) shall be elevated to conform with attendant utility and sanitary facilities as follows:
        1. Floodproofing.  Structures shall be floodproofed to an elevation two feet above the level of the base flood elevation so that the structure is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water.
        2. Resistant Structures.  All structures shall have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy and debris.
        3. Registered Engineer.  A registered professional engineer or architect shall certify that the standards of this subsection are satisfied.  Such certification along with the design and operational maintenance plans shall be provided to the Floodplain Administrator.  
        4. Manufactured Homes for Non-residential purposes.  Manufactured homes shall meet the standards in Section 04.14.3.A.
        5. Fully Enclosed Areas.  All new construction and substantial improvement with fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor (including basements) that are usable solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage, and which are subject to flooding, shall be constructed of flood-resistant materials to an elevation two feet above the base flood elevation, and, shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwater.  Openings for meeting this requirement shall meet or exceed the standards of Sec. 04.14.3.D.1 below.
      47. Elevated Structures. New construction and substantial improvements of elevated structures on columns, posts, or pilings that include fully enclosed areas formed by foundation and other exterior walls below the lowest floor shall be designed to preclude finished living space and designed to allow for the entry and exit of floodwaters to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls.
        1. Openings. Openings for complying with this requirement shall either be certified by a professional engineer or architect or meet the following minimum criteria:
          1. Provide a minimum of two openings having a total net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding;
          2. The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot above foundation interior grade (which shall be equal to in elevation or higher than the exterior foundation grade); and
          3. Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or devices provided they permit the automatic flow of floodwaters in both directions.
        2. Access.  Access to the enclosed area shall be the minimum necessary to allow for parking of vehicles (garage door), limited storage of maintenance equipment used in connection with the premises (standard exterior door), or entry to the living area (stairway or elevator).  
        3. Interior portion.  The interior portion of such enclosed areas shall not be finished or partitioned into separate rooms. 
      48. Standards for Manufactured Homes and Recreational Vehicles.
        1. New and Substantially Improved Manufactured Homes.  ​​​​​All new and substantially improved manufactured homes placed on sites located within A, A1-30, AO, AH, and AE on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) shall meet all the requirements for new construction, including elevation and anchoring.  Locations include:
          1. On individual lots or parcels;
          2. In expansions to existing manufactured home parks or subdivisions;
          3. In new manufactured home parks or subdivisions;
          4. In substantially improved manufactured home parks or subdivisions;
          5. Outside of a manufactured home park or subdivision; and
          6. In an existing manufactured home park or subdivision on a site upon which a manufactured home has incurred "substantial damage" as the result of a flood; and
          7. All such manufactured homes shall be:
            1. Elevated on a permanent foundation,
            2. Have its lowest floor elevated no lower than two feet above the level of the base flood elevation; and
            3. Be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement.    
        2. Substantial Damage to Manufactured Homes. All manufactured homes that have incurred substantial damage as a result of a flood placed in or substantially improved in an existing manufactured home park or subdivision shall be elevated so that the manufactured home is securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement by one of the following methods:
          1. The manufactured home chassis is supported by reinforced piers or other foundation elements of at least an equivalent strength, of no less than 36 inches in height above the highest adjacent grade.
          2. The lowest floor of the manufactured home is elevated no lower than two feet above the base flood elevation; or
        3. Recreational Vehicles.  All recreational vehicles placed on sites located within A, A1-30, AO, AH, and AE on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) shall meet the following conditions:
          1. Be on the site for no more than 180 consecutive days; and
          2. Be fully licensed, insured, and ready for highway use in accordance with the State of Kentucky motor vehicle regulations, is on its wheels or jacking system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security devices, and has no permanently attached additions.
          3. Alternatively, the recreational vehicle shall meet the requirements for permanent new construction stated in this Section.  
      49. Floodways.  Located within areas of special flood hazard established in Sec. 04.14.2General Provisions, are areas designated as floodways.  Since the floodway is an extremely hazardous area due to the velocity of flood waters which carry debris, potential projectiles, and has erosion potential, the following provisions shall apply:
        1. Encroachment Prohibited.  Encroachments including fill, new construction, substantial improvements, and other developments are prohibited unless certification (with supporting technical data) by a registered professional engineer is provided demonstrating that encroachments shall not result in any increase in the base flood elevation levels during occurrence of base flood discharge;
        2. If Subsection 4.14.3.C.5 is satisfied, all new construction and substantial improvements and other proposed new development shall comply with all applicable flood hazard reduction provisions of this Section.
      50. Standards for Streams without Established Base Flood Elevation and/or Floodways.  Located within the special flood hazard areas established in Sec. 04.14.2General Provisions, where streams exist but where no base flood data has been provided or where base flood data has been provided without floodways, the following provisions apply:
        1. No encroachments.  There shall be no encroachments in the stream including fill material or structures shall be located within special flood hazard areas, unless certification by a registered professional engineer is provided demonstrating that the cumulative effect of the proposed development, when combined with all other existing and anticipated development will not increase the water surface elevation of the base flood more than one foot at any point within the community.  The engineering certification should be supported by technical data that conforms to standard hydraulic engineering principles.
        2. New construction and substantial improvements of structures shall be elevated or flood proofed to elevations established in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
      51. Standards for Shallow Flooding Zones.  Located within the SFHAs established in Sec. 04.14.2General Provisions, are areas designated as shallow flooding areas.  These areas have flood hazards associated with base flood depths of one to three feet, where a clearly defined channel does not exist and the water path of flooding is unpredictable and indeterminate; therefore, the following provisions apply:
        1. Residential Structures in Shallow Flooding Zones.  All new construction and substantial improvements of residential structures shall: Have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to or above either the base flood elevation or in Zone AO the flood depth specified on the Flood Insurance Rate Map above the highest adjacent grade.  In Zone AO, if no flood depth is specified, the lowest floor, including basement, shall be elevated no less than two feet above the highest adjacent grade. 
        2. Non-Residential Structure in Shallow Flooding Zones.  All new construction and substantial improvements of non-residential structures shall:
          1. Have the lowest floor, including basement, elevated to or above either the base flood elevation or in Zone AO the flood depth specified on the Flood Insurance Rate Map, above the highest adjacent grade.  In Zone AO, if no flood depth is specified, the lowest floor, including basement, shall be elevated no less than two feet above the highest adjacent grade. 
          2. Together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities be completely floodproofed either to the base flood elevation or above or, in Zone AO, to or above the specified flood depth plus a minimum of one foot so that any space below that level is watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy.  Certification is required as stated in This Section.
      52. Standards for Subdivision Proposals.
        1. ​​​​All subdivision proposals shall:
          1. Identify the flood hazard area and the elevation of the base flood and be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage;
          2. Have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems located and constructed to minimize flood damage; and
          3. Have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood hazards; and,In areas where base flood elevation and floodway data is not available, base flood elevation and floodway data for subdivision proposals and other proposed development (including manufactured home parks and subdivisions) greater than 50 lots or 5 acres, whichever is the lesser, shall be provided.
        2. All subdivision plans shall include:
          1. The elevation of proposed structure(s) and lowest adjacent grade; and
          2. If the site is filled above the base flood elevation, the lowest floor and lowest adjacent grade elevations shall be certified by a registered professional engineer or surveyor and provided to the Floodplain Administrator.
      53. Standards for Accessory Structures in All Zones Beginning with the Letter ‘A’.   All accessory structures in special flood hazard areas designated ‘A’ shall be:
        1. Non-habitable;
        2. Anchored to resist floatation and lateral movement;
        3. Provided with flood openings in accordance with the standards of this Section;
        4. Built of flood resistant materials to two feet above the base flood elevation;
        5. Elevated, including utilities, two feet above the base flood elevation;
        6. Only used for storage or parking; and
        7. Not modified for a different use after permitting.
      54. Critical Facilities.  Construction of new critical facilities shall be, to the extent possible, located outside the limits of the SFHA (100-year floodplain).  Construction of new critical facilities shall not be permissible within the floodway; however, they may be permissible within the SFHA if no feasible alternative site is available.  Critical facilities constructed within the SFHA shall have the lowest floor elevated one foot or more above the base flood elevation at the site.  Floodproofing and sealing measures shall be taken to ensure that toxic substances will not be displaced by or released into floodwaters.  Access routes elevated to or above the level of the base flood elevation shall be provided to all critical facilities to the extent possible.
         
      55. Effective on: 10/15/2020

        Subsec. 04.08.3.A General Provisions
      56. 1.
        Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to define building types found in each district which represent the existing character or implements the desired character of each district.
      57. 2.
        Applicability. This Section applies to:
        1. a.
          New. New principal buildings and accessory dwelling units;
        2. b.
          Partial Compliance. An expanded or altered portion of any existing principal building or existing accessory dwelling unit; and
        3. c.
          Major Expansions or Alterations. The entire existing principal building or existing accessory dwelling unit when an expansion or alteration exceeds 50 percent of the building’s existing square footage prior to the expansion or alteration.
      58. 3.
        Permitted Building Types by District. Building types may be constructed only within districts where the building type is permitted per Table 04.08.3.A, Permitted Building Types by District, below.
      59. 4.
        Permitted Building Types and Associated Land Use Types. A building type may accommodate an associated land use type as established in each district in Article 158.02, Character Districts
      60. 5.
        Building Design Requirements. All buildings shall comply with the building design requirements established in Division 10, Buildings, Elements, and Utilities
      61. 6.
        Existing Buildings. Refer to Sec. 05.16.2, Structures, Fences, and Walls, for existing buildings that are not fully compliant with a building type. 
      62. 7.
        Most Similar Building Type. If the applicant proposes to expand or alter an existing structure, standards of the most similar housing or building type shall apply. In cases of uncertainty, the Administrator may determine the building type that most closely corresponds to the existing structure. The Administrator's determination shall be based on the following aspects of the existing structure:
        1. a.
          The dimensional aspects of the structure;
        2. b.
          The placement of the structure on the lot;
        3. c.
          The uses currently and customarily associated with the structure;
        4. d.
          The number of legally established residential and/or nonresidential units within the structure (where applicable); and
        5. e.
          The frontage type of the structure.
      63. 8.
        Permanence. Except for Qualified Manufactured Homes or permitted temporary structures, all principal and accessory buildings shall be permanently erected on a permanent foundation. All buildings shall be connected to all required utilities.
      64. 9.
        Multiple Buildings. Where multiple principal buildings are proposed for a single property, the applicant shall provide potential lot lines, which conform with this NDC and the Subdivision Regulations, to determine compliance with housing and building type standards.
      65. 10.
        Building Type Table. Table 04.08.3.A, Permitted Building Types by District, specifies the buildings types permitted in each district. Buildings listed below as "permitted" are only permitted within a Character District if an associated use of the building type is also permitted in the given location, unless otherwise noted. Buildings must meet the remaining requirements of the NDC, including the standards of Table 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards
      66. 11.
        Special Purpose Character Districts.
        1. 1.
          Permitted building types in the Resource Protection (RP) district are identified in Subsec. 02.04.5.A
        2. 2.
          Permitted building types in the Recreation (REC) district are identified in Subsec. 02.04.5.B.
      67. Table 04.08.3.A, Permitted Building Types by District
        Building Type1Character DistrictsStandards
        RR2SR2SUCMUCRMDTCDTRTUMUTURAUCSOSILIGI
        Apartment----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.B
        Carriage HousePPP----------P----------04.08.3.C
        Corner Store----PPPP--PPPPPP--04.08.3.D
        Duplex--PPPPPPPP----------04.08.3.E
        Flex Building--------------------PPPP04.08.3.F
        Large Format Building------------------PPPPP04.08.3.G
        Lot Line DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.H
        Mixed-Use Building----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.I
        Public and Civic BuildingPPPPPPPPPPPPPP04.08.3.J
        Qualified Manufactured HomePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.K
        Shop----PPPPPPPPPPP--04.08.3.L
        Single-Family Attached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.M
        Single-Family Detached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.N
        Tiny HousePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.O
        Townhouse/Rowhouse----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.P
        Triplex/Quadplex----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.Q

        TABLE NOTES:

        "P" means permitted; "--" means prohibited
        1 For complete definitions of the different building types, refer to Article 158.09Definitions and Calculations. Refer to Sec. 03.06.3Permitted Uses by District, for details on the use types associated with each building type that are permitted, limited, or conditional uses.

        2 Certain building types are permitted only as part of Sec. 04.08.2 Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Developments.

        Table 04.08.3.A, Permitted Building Types by District
        Building Type1Character DistrictsStandards
        RR2SR2SUCMUCRMDTCDTRTUMUTURAUCSOSILIGI
        Apartment----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.B
        Carriage HousePPP----------P----------04.08.3.C
        Corner Store----PPPP--PPPPPP--04.08.3.D
        Duplex--PPPPPPPP----------04.08.3.E
        Flex Building--------------------PPPP04.08.3.F
        Large Format Building------------------PPPPP04.08.3.G
        Lot Line DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.H
        Mixed-Use Building----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.I
        Public and Civic BuildingPPPPPPPPPPPPPP04.08.3.J
        Qualified Manufactured HomePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.K
        Shop----PPPPPPPPPPP--04.08.3.L
        Single-Family Attached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.M
        Single-Family Detached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.N
        Tiny HousePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.O
        Townhouse/Rowhouse----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.P
        Triplex/Quadplex----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.Q

        TABLE NOTES:

        "P" means permitted; "--" means prohibited
        1 For complete definitions of the different building types, refer to Article 158.09Definitions and Calculations. Refer to Sec. 03.06.3Permitted Uses by District, for details on the use types associated with each building type that are permitted, limited, or conditional uses.

        2 Certain building types are permitted only as part of Sec. 04.08.2 Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Developments.

        Table 04.08.3.A, Permitted Building Types by District
        Building Type1Character DistrictsStandards
        RR2SR2SUCMUCRMDTCDTRTUMUTURAUCSOSILIGI
        Apartment----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.B
        Carriage HousePPP----------P----------04.08.3.C
        Corner Store----PPPP--PPPPPP--04.08.3.D
        Duplex--PPPPPPPP----------04.08.3.E
        Flex Building--------------------PPPP04.08.3.F
        Large Format Building------------------PPPPP04.08.3.G
        Lot Line DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.H
        Mixed-Use Building----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.I
        Public and Civic BuildingPPPPPPPPPPPPPP04.08.3.J
        Qualified Manufactured HomePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.K
        Shop----PPPPPPPPPPP--04.08.3.L
        Single-Family Attached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.M
        Single-Family Detached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.N
        Tiny HousePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.O
        Townhouse/Rowhouse----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.P
        Triplex/Quadplex----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.Q

        TABLE NOTES:

        "P" means permitted; "--" means prohibited
        1 For complete definitions of the different building types, refer to Article 158.09Definitions and Calculations. Refer to Sec. 03.06.3Permitted Uses by District, for details on the use types associated with each building type that are permitted, limited, or conditional uses.

        2 Certain building types are permitted only as part of Sec. 04.08.2 Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Developments.

        Table 04.08.3.A, Permitted Building Types by District
        Building Type1Character DistrictsStandards
        RR2SR2SUCMUCRMDTCDTRTUMUTURAUCSOSILIGI
        Apartment----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.B
        Carriage HousePPP----------P----------04.08.3.C
        Corner Store----PPPP--PPPPPP--04.08.3.D
        Duplex--PPPPPPPP----------04.08.3.E
        Flex Building--------------------PPPP04.08.3.F
        Large Format Building------------------PPPPP04.08.3.G
        Lot Line DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.H
        Mixed-Use Building----PPPPPPPP--------04.08.3.I
        Public and Civic BuildingPPPPPPPPPPPPPP04.08.3.J
        Qualified Manufactured HomePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.K
        Shop----PPPPPPPPPPP--04.08.3.L
        Single-Family Attached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.M
        Single-Family Detached DwellingPPPPPP--PP----------04.08.3.N
        Tiny HousePPP----P--PP----------04.08.3.O
        Townhouse/Rowhouse----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.P
        Triplex/Quadplex----PPPPPPP----------04.08.3.Q

        TABLE NOTES:

        "P" means permitted; "--" means prohibited
        1 For complete definitions of the different building types, refer to Article 158.09Definitions and Calculations. Refer to Sec. 03.06.3Permitted Uses by District, for details on the use types associated with each building type that are permitted, limited, or conditional uses.

        2 Certain building types are permitted only as part of Sec. 04.08.2 Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhood Developments.

         

        (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

        Effective on: 11/19/2024

        S
         
        Subsec. 04.08.3.B Apartment
         Example Apartment in Covington
        1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
        2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.B, Apartment, below. 
        3. Lot Dimensions.
          1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.B, Apartment, below.
          2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
        4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.B, Apartment, below.
        5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
        6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
        7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
          1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
          2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
          3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
          4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
        8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
        9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.B, Apartment, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Apartment building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
          1. Required Buffering. An Apartment building adjacent to a Single-Family Dwelling use or RR or SR district shall provide a Type III bufferyard as established in Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards.
          2. Street-Facing Garage Doors. Attached street-facing garages shall meet at least one of the following standards.
            1. The garage doors shall not comprise more than 40% of the total length of the building’s facade; or
            2. Every set of two single‐bay garage doors or every double garage door shall be offset by at least five feet from the front plane of an adjacent garage door.
          3. Height Restrictions. Any portion of an Apartment building that is closer than 20 feet from an abutting lot that is improved with a non-apartment residential structure shall be no taller than 12 feet above the height of such buildings, regardless of other provisions in this NDC.
          4. Exterior Stairs. Exterior stairs, other than fire escapes, that provide access to units on upper floors shall be covered overhead by a roof or similar element.

         

         Table 04.08.3.B, Apartment1
        Permitted Frontage Types2, 3
        ForecourtSubsec. 04.08.6.C
        Open YardSubsec. 04.08.6.D
        StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
        Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)4
        (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 10,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
        (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
        (C) in DiagramArea per Dwelling Unit (minimum square feet)400 sq. ft.
        Lot Dimensions Diagram
        Story Height of Specific Floors
        (A) in DiagramStory Height of Ground Floor (minimum feet)13
        (B) in DiagramStory Height of Upper Level Floors (minimum feet)N/A
        Story Height of Specific Floors Diagram
        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
        (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)40
        (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
        (C) in DiagramGround Floor Blank Wall Width (maximum linear feet)30 on front street;
        50 on side street
        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

        TABLE NOTES:

        1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

        2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

        3 Regardless of the provisions in this Table 04.08.3.B, a Parking Frontage type may be permitted for this building type within specified character districts per Table 04.11.4.EVehicle Surface Parking.

        4 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2, Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern.

         

         

         

        (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

        Effective on: 10/6/2021

        S
         
        Subsec. 04.08.3.C Carriage House
        Example Carriage House in Covington
        1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
        2. Frontage Types. Carriage Houses do not require a frontage type. 
        3. Lot Dimensions.
          1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.C, Carriage House, below.
          2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
        4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.C, Carriage House, below.
        5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
        6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
        7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
          1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
          2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
          3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
          4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
        8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
        9. Accessory Dwelling Units. Carriage Houses are commonly associated with the Accessory Dwelling Unit use. Standards for the Accessory Dwelling Unit use are located in Sec. 03.07.7Accessory Uses.
        10. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.C, Carriage House, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Carriage House building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
          1. Maximum Size of a Carriage House
            1. Measurement. The building footprint of the Carriage House is measured as the outer limits of the building as seen from an aerial view. 
            2. Standard. The building footprint area of a Carriage House shall not exceed 50 percent of the building footprint area of the principal residential building to which it is accessory, or 1,000 square feet, whichever is less.
          2. Carriage House Location. A Carriage House may be established as an accessory structure used exclusively for the dwelling (Figure 04.08.3.C-1, Carriage House without Garage) or as part of a detached residential garage (Figure 04.08.3.C-2, Carriage House with Garage).

         

         Table 04.08.3.C, Carriage House1
        Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)2
        (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        Lot Dimensions Diagram

        Building Height
        (A) in DiagramOverall height (maximum feet)Less than the height of the associated principal structure on the same lot
        Building Height Diagram

        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
        (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)10
        (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

        TABLE NOTES:

        1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

        2 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

         Table 04.08.3.C, Carriage House1
        Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)2
        (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        Lot Dimensions Diagram

        Building Height
        (A) in DiagramOverall height (maximum feet)Less than the height of the associated principal structure on the same lot
        Building Height Diagram

        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
        (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)10
        (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

        TABLE NOTES:

        1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

        2 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

         Table 04.08.3.C, Carriage House1
        Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)2
        (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        Lot Dimensions Diagram

        Building Height
        (A) in DiagramOverall height (maximum feet)Less than the height of the associated principal structure on the same lot
        Building Height Diagram

        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
        (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)10
        (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

        TABLE NOTES:

        1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

        2 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

         Table 04.08.3.C, Carriage House1
        Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)2
        (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Refer to the standards for the associated principal building
        Lot Dimensions Diagram

        Building Height
        (A) in DiagramOverall height (maximum feet)Less than the height of the associated principal structure on the same lot
        Building Height Diagram

        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
        (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)10
        (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
        Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

        TABLE NOTES:

        1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

        2 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

          Figure 04.08.3.C-1 Carriage House without Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house without a garage (shown in yellow) located on the rear 1/2 of the lot.
          Figure 04.08.3.C-1 Carriage House without Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house without a garage (shown in yellow) located on the rear 1/2 of the lot.
          Figure 04.08.3.C-1 Carriage House without Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house without a garage (shown in yellow) located on the rear 1/2 of the lot.
          Figure 04.08.3.C-1 Carriage House without Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house without a garage (shown in yellow) located on the rear 1/2 of the lot.
          Figure 04.08.3.C-2 Carriage House with Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house (shown in yellow) above a detached residential garage.
          ADU_Detached_Garage_No_Stairs
           

           

          Figure 04.08.3.C-2 Carriage House with Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house (shown in yellow) above a detached residential garage.
          ADU_Detached_Garage_No_Stairs
           

           

          Figure 04.08.3.C-2 Carriage House with Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house (shown in yellow) above a detached residential garage.
          ADU_Detached_Garage_No_Stairs
           

           

          Figure 04.08.3.C-2 Carriage House with Garage
          Illustrated below is a carriage house (shown in yellow) above a detached residential garage.
          ADU_Detached_Garage_No_Stairs
           

           

          Effective on: 10/15/2020

          S
           
          Subsec. 04.08.3.D Corner Store
          Example Corner Store in Covington
          1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
          2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.D, Corner Store, below. 
          3. Lot Dimensions.
            1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.D, Corner Store, below.
            2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
          4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.D, Corner Store, below.
          5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
          6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
          7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
            1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
            2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
            3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
            4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
          8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
          9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.D, Corner Store, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Corner Store building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
            1. Maximum Front Yard Setback.

              1. If a public entrance is at the corner of a building, the angular façade containing the entrance may be recessed a maximum of eight feet from the intersection of the two right-of-way lines.

              2.  Buildings may exceed the maximum setback by a maximum of 10 feet to provide:
                1. A wider sidewalk along the building frontage; or

                2. A public gathering area that offers seating or dining, landscape or hardscape enhancements, public displays, or other pedestrian amenities.
              3. Maximum Lot Coverage. A permitted or legally established Corner Store building type may cover 100% of its lot in any permitted character district. All other standards of this NDC, including Division 12, Landscaping, Fencing, and Buffering, continue to apply unless otherwise expressly stated.

           

          Table 04.08.3.D, Corner Store1
          Permitted Frontage Types2
          Arcade/GallerySubsec. 04.08.6.B
          ShopfrontSubsec. 04.08.6.G
          Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
          (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
          (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
          Lot Dimensions Diagram

          Story Height of Specific Floors
          (A) in DiagramStory Height of Ground Floor (minimum feet)13
          (B) in DiagramStory Height of Upper Level Floors (minimum feet)9
          Story Height of Specific Floors Diagram

          Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
          (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)70
          (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)40
          (C) in DiagramGround Floor Blank Wall Width (maximum linear feet)10 on front street;
          30 on side street
          Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

          TABLE NOTES:

          1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

          2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

          3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern.

           

           

          Effective on: 10/15/2020

          S
           
          Subsec. 04.08.3.E Duplex
          Example Duplex in Covington
          1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
          2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.E, Duplex, below. 
          3. Lot Dimensions.
            1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.E, Duplex, below.
            2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
          4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.E, Duplex, below.
          5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
          6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
          7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
            1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
            2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
            3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
            4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
          8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
          9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.E, Duplex, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Duplex building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
            1. Carriage House. Where a Carriage House is permitted to be accessory to a Duplex, refer to Subsec. 04.08.3.CCarriage House, for related provisions.
            2. Planned Neighborhood. Where a Duplex is permitted as part of a Planned Neighborhood, the standards in this subsection may be modified per Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where such a development is proposed.

           

           Table 04.08.3.E, Duplex1
          Permitted Frontage Types2
          Open YardSubsec. 04.08.6.D
          PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
          Side EntrySubsec. 04.08.6.H
          StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
          Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
          (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
          (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
          Lot Dimensions Diagram

          Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
          (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
          (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
          Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

          TABLE NOTES:

          1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

          2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

          3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2, Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods where such a development is proposed.

          Effective on: 10/15/2020

          S
           
          Subsec. 04.08.3.F Flex Building
          Example Flex Building in Covington
          1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
          2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.F, Flex Building, below. 
          3. Lot Dimensions.
            1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.F, Flex Building, below.
            2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
          4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.F, Flex Building, below.
          5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
          6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
          7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
            1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
            2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
            3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
            4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
          8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
          9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.F, Flex Building, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Flex Building building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
            1. Service, Storage, and Loading. Loading docks, truck parking, and other functions shall be designed to screen views from adjacent properties and public streets.

            2. Transparency along Primary Street. In the SO district, the majority of the required ground and upper floor transparency shall be consolidated in a prominent area of the building facade. 

            3. Front Parking. In the SO district, a maximum of 25 percent of the required parking may take place between the front facade of the building and the primary street.

           

           Table 04.08.3.F, Flex Building1
          Permitted Frontage Types2
          Open YardSubsec. 04.08.6.D
          Parking FrontageSubsec. 04.08.6.E
          Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
          (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)30,000 sq. ft.
          (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)100 feet
          Lot Dimensions Diagram

          Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
          (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)40
          (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)30
          (C) in DiagramGround Floor Blank Wall Width (maximum linear feet)40 on front street;
          60 on side street
          Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

          TABLE NOTES:

          1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

          2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

          3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern.

          Effective on: 10/15/2020

          S
           
          Subsec. 04.08.3.G Large Format Building
          Example Large Format Building in Covington
          1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
          2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.G, Large Format Building, below. 
          3. Lot Dimensions.
            1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.G, Large Format Building, below.
            2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
          4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.G, Large Format Building, below.
          5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
          6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
          7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
            1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
            2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
            3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
            4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
          8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
          9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.G, Large Format Building, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Large Format Building building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
            1. Open Yard Frontage. A Large Format Building with open yard frontage may:

              1. Reduce the required parking lot screening in Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards, to only that portion parallel, or approximately parallel, to a public street; or
              2. Increase the maximum permitted lot coverage by 10 percent where required parking lot screening per Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards, is not reduced per the paragraph above.
            2. Parking Frontage in AUC District. The following shall apply in the AUC district to Large Format Buildings with a Parking Frontage:

              1. At least 60 percent of the street frontage(s) shall be screened with Shop building types, in accordance with the standards in Subsec. 04.08.3.L, Shop; or

              2. A maximum of 25 percent of the required parking may take place between the front facade of the building and the primary street. 

             Table 04.08.3.G, Flex Building1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            Open YardSubsec. 04.08.6.D
            Parking FrontageSubsec. 04.08.6.E
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)1 acre
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)150 feet
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)70
            (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)60
            (C) in DiagramGround Floor Blank Wall Width (maximum linear feet)30 on front street;
            50 on side street
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2, Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern.

            Effective on: 10/15/2020

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.H Lot Line Dwelling
            Example Lot Line Dwelling in Covington
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.H, Lot Line Dwelling, below. 
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.H, Lot Line Dwelling, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.H, Lot Line Dwelling, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
            9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.H, Lot Line Dwelling and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Lot Line Dwelling building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
              1. Zero Side Setback. 
                1. The side setback on one side of a lot may be reduced to zero. The minimum setback on the other side of the lot shall comply with the applicable side setback standards of Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Table.
                2. If the zero side setback is along an alley, then no other side setbacks may be reduced to zero.  
              2. Easement. When the exterior wall or eaves are set back less than three feet from a given lot line, the property owner is responsible for obtaining an easement from the abutting owner that would be recorded with the Kenton County Clerk and would ensure at least five feet of unobstructed space between the furthermost projection of the structure (including the eave) and the edge of the easement. This provision is intended to ensure the ability to conduct maintenance and upkeep activities on the lot line house.

             

             Table 04.08.3.H, Lot Line Dwelling1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
            Side EntrySubsec. 04.08.6.H
            StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
            (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

             

            (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

            Effective on: 10/6/2021

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.I Mixed-Use Building
            Example Mixed-Use Building in Covington
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.I, Mixed-Use Building, below. 
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.I, Mixed-Use Building, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.I, Mixed-Use Building, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
            9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.I, Mixed-Use Building, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Mixed-Use Building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
              1. Lot Coverage Increase. A permitted or legally established Mixed-Use Building type may cover 100% of its lot in any permitted character district. All other standards of this NDC, including Division 12, Landscaping, Fencing, and Buffering, continue to apply unless otherwise expressly stated.
              2. Increased Maximum Height. A Mixed-Use Building that incorporates a white or green roof in compliance with the U.S. Green Building Council standards for high reflectance and vegetated roofs for at least 75% of its building footprint area shall receive a one-story increase in the maximum height allowance above the height permitted per a given character district in Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards.
              3. Increased Maximum Front Yard Setback.

                1. If a public entrance is at the corner of a building, the angular façade containing the entrance may be recessed a maximum of eight feet from the intersection of the two right-of-way lines.

                2. Buildings may exceed the maximum setback to a maximum of 10 feet to provide:

                  1. A wider sidewalk along the building frontage; or

                  2. A public gathering area that offers seating or dining, landscape or hardscape enhancements, public displays, or other pedestrian amenities.

              4. Uses. Permitted residential, public and institutional, Overnight Accommodations, and Office uses may occupy the upper stories of a Mixed-Use Building. Permitted public and institutional, Retail Repair, Sales, and Service, Restaurant, Overnight Accommodations, and Office uses may occupy the ground floor of a Mixed-Use Building.

             

             Table 04.08.3.I, Mixed-Use Building1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            Arcade/GallerySubsec. 04.08.6.B
            ForecourtSubsec. 04.08.6.C
            ShopfrontSubsec. 04.08.6.G
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 3,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 30 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Story Height of Specific Floors
            (A) in DiagramStory Height of Ground Floor (minimum feet)15
            (B) in DiagramStory Height of Upper Level Floors (minimum feet)9
            Story Height of Specific Floors Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)70
            (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)40
            (C) in DiagramGround Floor Blank Wall Width (maximum linear feet)20 on front street;
            40 on side street
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern.

            Effective on: 10/15/2020

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.J Public and Civic Building
            Example Mixed-Use Building in Covington
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.J, Public and Civic Building, below. 
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.J, Public and Civic Building, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.J, Public and Civic Building, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
            9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.J, Public and Civic Building, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Public and Civic Building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
              1. Open Yard and Parking Frontages. The open yard frontage (Subsec. 04.08.6.D, Open Yard) for a Public and Civic Building is only permitted in the RR, SR, AUC, SO, SI, LI, and GI districts.  The parking frontage  (Subsec. 04.08.6.E, Parking Frontage) or a Public and Civic Building is only permitted in the AUC, SO, SI, LI, and GI districts.
              2. Parking Frontage in AUC District. The following shall apply in the AUC district to Public and Civic Buildings with Parking frontage:
                1. At least 60 percent of the street frontage(s) shall be screened with Shop building types, in accordance with the standards in Subsec. 04.08.3.L, Shop; or

                2. A maximum of 25 percent of the required parking may take place between the front facade of the building and the primary street.

             Table 04.08.3.J, Public and Civic Building1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            Arcade/GallerySubsec. 04.08.6.B
            ForecourtSubsec. 04.08.6.C
            Open YardSubsec. 04.08.6.D
            Parking FrontageSubsec. 04.08.6.E
            PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
            ShopfrontSubsec. 04.08.6.G
            StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 6,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 60 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)60
            (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)50
            (C) in DiagramGround Floor Blank Wall Width (maximum linear feet)30 on front street;
            40 on side street
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern.

            Effective on: 10/15/2020

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.K Qualified Manufactured Home
            Example Qualified Manufactured Home
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.K, Qualified Manufactured Home, below. 
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.K, Qualified Manufactured Home, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.K, Qualified Manufactured Home, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
            9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.K, Qualified Manufactured Home and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Qualified Manufacture Home building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
              1. Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods. The standards in Table 04.08.3.K, Qualified Manufactured Home, relate to conventional development in the RR and SR districts. Refer to Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, for standards for Qualified Manufactured Homes in those types of developments. 
              2. Open Yard Frontage. The open yard frontage (Subsec. 04.08.6.D, Open Yard) for a Qualified Manufactured Home is only permitted in the RR and SR districts.
              3. Purpose. These standards are intended to ensure that when a qualified manufactured home is placed in a permitted district, it is compatible, in terms of assessed value, with existing housing located: 
                1. Within the surrounding context as identified in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.
                2. Immediately adjacent to either side of the proposed site within the same block face front;
                3. Immediately adjacent to the rear; and 
                4. Within a one-eighth mile radius of the proposed location of the qualified manufactured home.
              4. Compatibility Determination.
                1. A qualified manufactured home's design shall be generally similar in exterior appearance, building materials, and living area to other dwelling units that have been constructed on adjacent tracts, lots, and parcels.
                2. Qualified manufactured homes that have been illegally placed upon a lot shall be removed before the Administrator accepts an application to place a qualified manufactured home.
                3. The application shall include:
                  1. Information reasonably necessary to make a determination of conformity with the standards of this subsection;
                  2. Sample materials or photos of the proposed materials of the front, side, and rear of the qualified manufactured home’s exterior finish;
                  3. Photographs taken from the proposed site of the dwelling unit in the northerly, easterly, southerly, and westerly direction, and photographs of any adjacent dwelling units. The photographs shall be taken no more than 30 days before submittal of the application.
                  4. A site plan or plot plan containing appropriate information including, but not limited to, the following:
                    1. Location of all existing buildings, structures, easements, and boundary lines; 
                    2. North arrow, scale, city and land lot;
                    3. Existing use of adjacent property; and 
                    4. Location of all proposed buildings, structures, and land uses.
                4. The qualified manufactured home shall be compatible with: 
                  1. Adjacent development or surrounding developments; 
                  2. Other residential development on the block face; and 
                  3. Proposed development permitted in the same district or general area.
                5. Compatibility with architectural appearance is based on the following:
                  1. Setbacks;
                  2. Overall massing;
                  3. Siding and exterior materials; 
                  4. Roof pitch; and
                  5. Square footage. 
                6. Compatibility with the orientation and location of existing structures is based on the following:
                  1. Building height;
                  2. Building width;
                  3. Building depth; and
                  4. Building setbacks.
             Table 04.08.3.K, Qualified Manufactured Home1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            Open YardSubsec. 04.08.6.D
            PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
            Side EntrySubsec. 04.08.6.H
            StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 2,200 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 25 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (C) in DiagramArea per Dwelling Unit (minimum square feet)900 sq. ft.
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)15
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster and Planned Neighborhood​​​, where such a development is proposed.

            Effective on: 10/15/2020

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.L Shop
            Example Shop in Covington
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.L, Shop, below. 
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.L, Shop, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.L, Shop, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
            9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.L, Shop, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Shop type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
              1. Lot Coverage Increase. A permitted or legally established Shop building type may cover 100% of its lot in any  permitted character district. All other standards of this NDC, including Division 12, Landscaping, Fencing, and Buffering, continue to apply unless otherwise expressly stated.
              2. Increased Maximum Front Yard Setback.

                1. If a public entrance is at the corner of a building, the angular façade containing the entrance may be recessed a maximum of eight feet from the intersection of the two right-of-way lines.

                2. Buildings may exceed the maximum setback to a maximum of 10 feet to provide:

                  1. A sidewalk along the building frontage; or

                  2. A public gathering area that offers seating or dining, landscape or hardscape enhancements, public displays, or other pedestrian amenities.

              3. Uses. Permitted residential, public and institutional, and office uses may occupy the upper story (where provided) of a Shop building type. Permitted public and institutional, and commercial and office uses may occupy the ground floor of a Shop building type. 

             Table 04.08.3.L, Shop1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            ForecourtSubsec. 04.08.6.C
            ShopfrontSubsec. 04.08.6.G
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Story Height of Specific Floors
            (A) in DiagramStory Height of Ground Floor (minimum feet)13
            (B) in DiagramStory Height of Upper Level Floors (minimum feet)9
            Story Height of Specific Floors Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)70
            (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)40
            (C) in DiagramGround Floor Blank Wall Width (maximum linear feet)10 on front street;
            40 on side street
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2, Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern.

            Effective on: 10/15/2020

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.M Single-Family Attached Dwelling
            Example Single-Family Attached Dwelling in Covington
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.M, Single-Family Attached Dwelling, below. 
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized inTable 04.08.3.M, Single-Family Attached Dwelling, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.M, Single-Family Attached Dwelling, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
            9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.M, Single-Family Attached Dwelling, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Single-Family Attached Dwelling building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
              1. Required Adjacency. The common or abutting wall shall be shared for at least 50 percent of the length of the side of the dwelling units.
              2. No Setback for Abutting Walls. No side setback is required for common or abutting walls.
              3. Street-Facing Garage Doors. With the exception of Single-Family Attached Dwellings in the RR and SR districts, street-facing garage doors may comprise no more than 40 percent of the width of the front façade and shall be recessed at least five feet from the front façade.
             Table 04.08.3.M, Single-Family Attached Dwelling1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
            Side EntrySubsec. 04.08.6.H
            StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
            (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods, where such a development is proposed.

            Effective on: 10/15/2020

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.N Single-Family Detached Dwelling
            Example Single-Family Detached Dwelling in Covington
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.N, Single-Family Detached Dwelling, below. 
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.N, Single-Family Detached Dwelling, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.N, Single-Family Detached Dwelling, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
            9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.N, Single-Family Detached Dwelling, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Single-Family Detached Dwelling building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
              1. Open Yard Frontage. The open yard frontage (Subsec. 04.08.6.D, Open Yard) for a Single-Family Detached Dwelling is only permitted in the RR and SR districts.
              2. Street-Facing Garage Doors. With the exception of Single-Family Detached Dwellings in the RR and SR districts, street-facing garage doors, where permitted, may comprise no more than 40 percent of the width of the front façade and shall be recessed at least five feet from the front façade.
             Table 04.08.3.N, Single-Family Detached Dwelling1
            Permitted Frontage Types2
            Open YardSubsec. 04.08.6.D
            PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
            Side EntrySubsec. 04.08.6.H
            StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 2,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)15
            (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)15
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

            3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

            Effective on: 10/15/2020

            S
             
            Subsec. 04.08.3.O Tiny House
            Example Tiny House
            1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
            2. Frontage Types. Tiny Houses do not require a frontage type.
            3. Lot Dimensions.
              1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized inTable 04.08.3.O, Tiny House, below.
              2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
            4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.O, Tiny House, below.
            5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
            6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
            7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
              1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
              2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
              3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
              4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
            8. Minimum Tiny House Building Standards. The following building standards apply to all Tiny Houses regulated as a principal structure or as an accessory structure:
              1. Minimum Floor Area.
                1. Each tiny house dwelling shall have no less than 170 square feet for the first occupant and not less than 100 square feet for each additional occupant, with a maximum gross floor area of 600 square feet.
                2. In a tiny house dwelling with two or more rooms, every room occupied for sleeping purposes by one occupant shall contain no less than 70 square feet of floor area, and any room occupied for sleeping purposes for more than one occupant shall contain no less than 50 square feet of floor area for each additional occupant.
              2. Minimum Specifications. A tiny house shall have the following:​
                1. Kitchen with a sink;
                2. Cooking appliance, refrigerator, and a clear working space of not less than 30 inches;
                3. Bathroom with bathing facilities;
                4. Provision for water supply and wastewater collection and treatment;
                5. A minimum ceiling height of six feet six inches is required for no less than 50 percent of any room with a sloped or arched ceiling; and
                6. The minimum width of a tiny house shall be no more less than eight and one-half feet.
            9. Tiny House Neighborhood. Standards regarding lot dimensions, landscaping, parking, and related provisions for a single development of multiple Tiny Houses are established in Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.
            10. Tiny House as Principal Structure.
              1. Permanent Foundation Required. A Tiny House that qualifies as a principal structure shall be constructed on a permanent foundation, and placed on an individual lot as the principal structure, or within a Tiny House Neighborhood per Sec. 04.08.2Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods.
              2. Construction Requirements. The construction of a tiny house on a permanent foundation shall adhere to Appendix Q of the 2018 International Residential Code (IRC), and comply with all applicable building and life safety codes of the City and County.
            11. Tiny House as Accessory Structure.
              1. Non-Permanent Foundation.
                1. A Tiny House on wheels is classified as a self-contained Recreational Vehicle and is not permitted as a principal structure on a lot.
                2. A Tiny House on wheels is subject to the laws and requirements of 902 KAR 15:020, Recreational Vehicles.
                3. Any Tiny House on wheels that is occupied for a period of six consecutive months or more, where permitted, shall be affixed with a seal of the National Organization of Alternative Housing (NOAH).
              2. Tiny House as Carriage House. Site-built tiny houses, that are not on wheels, that function as accessory dwellings are subject to the lot dimensions, building height, and activation of street-facing elevations standards of Subsec. 04.08.3.C, Carriage House.
             Table 04.08.3.O, Tiny House1
            Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)2
            (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
            (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
            Lot Dimensions Diagram

            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
            (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
            Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

            TABLE NOTES:

            1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

            2 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              S
               
              Subsec. 04.08.3.P Townhouse/Rowhouse
              Example Townhouse/Rowhouse in Covington
              1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
              2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.P, Townhouse/Rowhouse, below. 
              3. Lot Dimensions.
                1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.P, Townhouse/Rowhouse, below.
                2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
              4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.P, Townhouse/Rowhouse, below.
              5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
              6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
              7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
                1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
                2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
                3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
                4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
              8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
              9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.P, Townhouse/Rowhouse, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Townhouse/Rowhouse building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
                1. Adjacency. The common or abutting wall shall be shared for at least 50 percent of the length of the side of the dwelling units.
                2. No Setback for Abutting Walls. No side setback is required for common or abutting walls.
                3. Groupings. A grouping of townhouses/rowhouses may not exceed 200 linear feet.
                4. Lot Coverage Increase. In character districts where a Townhouse/Rowhouse building type is permitted, and where maximum lot coverage standards are established, the maximum permitted lot coverage for a lot containing an existing or proposed Townhouse/Rowhouse may be increased by 10 percent when the structure incorporates a white or green roof over 75% of its building footprint area in compliance with the U.S. Green Building Council standards for high reflectance and vegetated roofs.
                5. Street-Facing Garage Doors. Street-facing garage doors, where permitted, may comprise no more than 40 percent of the width of the front façade and shall be recessed at least five feet from the front façade.
               Table 04.08.3.P, Townhouse/Rowhouse1
              Permitted Frontage Types2
              PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
              Side EntrySubsec. 04.08.6.H
              StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
              Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
              (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 1,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
              (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser (1) 20 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similar-developed lot within the context
              Lot Dimensions Diagram

              Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
              (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
              (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)20
              Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

              TABLE NOTES:

              1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

              2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

              3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster and Planned Neighborhood​​​, where such a development is proposed.

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              S
               
              Subsec. 04.08.3.Q Triplex/Quadplex
              Example Triplex/Quadplex in Covington
              1. Description. Refer to 09.27.3, Definitions.
              2. Frontage Types. Provisions for frontage types are established per Sec. 04.08.6, Frontage Types, and summarized in Table 04.08.3.Q, Triplex/Quadplex, below. 
              3. Lot Dimensions.
                1. Mixed-Use and SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the Mixed-Use Districts and the Semi-Urban Residential (SU) district by building type per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, Table 04.09.2-1, Lot and Building Area Standards (Mixed-Use and SU Districts), and summarized in Table 04.08.3.Q, Triplex/Quadplex, below.
                2. Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts. Minimum lot area and lot width standards are established in the non-mixed-use or Semi-Urban Residential districts by character district per Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, and are specified in Table 04.09.2-2, Lot and Building Area Standards (Non-Mixed-Use or SU Districts).
              4. Setbacks, Heights, and Frontage Width. Minimum and maximum standards for building setbacks, overall heights, and frontage width are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.2Building Placement and Massing Standards. Where applicable, standards for minimum heights of specific building floors are established per Table 04.08.3.Q, Triplex/Quadplex, below.
              5. Permitted Encroachments. Permitted setback and height encroachments are established for specific building or lot features per Sec. 04.10.3Permitted Setback and Height Encroachments.
              6. Exterior Materials. Standards for exterior building materials on street-facing elevations within the mixed-use districts are established for each character district per Sec. 04.10.4Exterior Material Standards, and Table 04.10.4-4, Material Requirements.
              7. Parking Design, Location, and Use. Standards related to parking are established per Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation.
                1. Parking Space Ratios. Where required, minimum and maximum parking space ratios are established for each character district per Sec. 04.11.3Required Parking Ratios.
                2. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Locations.  Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular access points and driveways are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.CDriveway Location and Width.
                3. Surface Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular surface parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.EVehicular Surface Parking.
                4. Structured Parking Locations. Where permitted, standards for the locations of vehicular structured parking are established for each character district per Subsec. 04.11.4.FVehicular Structured Parking.
              8. Mixed-Use Districts. Refer to Sec. 02.04.3, Mixed-Use Districts.
              9. Additional Building-Type-Specific Standards. Table 04.08.3.Q, Triplex/Quadplex, and the following dimensional standards and feature requirements apply to the Triplex/Quadplex building type or a given lot that incorporates such a building type.
                1. Required Buffering. A Triplex/Quadplex adjacent to a Single-Family Dwelling use or RR or SR district shall provide a Type II bufferyard as established in Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards
                2. Lot Coverage Increase. In character districts where a Triplex/Quadplex building type is permitted, and where maximum lot coverage standards are established, the maximum permitted lot coverage for a lot containing an existing or proposed Triplex/Quadplex may be increased by 10 percent when the structure incorporates a white or green roof over 75% of its building footprint area in compliance with the U.S. Green Building Council standards for high reflectance and vegetated roofs.
                3. Street-Facing Garage Doors. Street-facing garage doors, where permitted, may comprise no more than 40 percent of the width of the front façade and shall be recessed at least five feet from the front façade.
               Table 04.08.3.Q, Triplex/Quadplex1
              Permitted Frontage Types2
              ForecourtSubsec. 04.08.6.C
              PorchSubsec. 04.08.6.F
              Side EntrySubsec. 04.08.6.H
              StoopSubsec. 04.08.6.I
              Lot Dimensions (for Mixed-Use and SU Districts)3
              (A) in DiagramArea (minimum square feet)Lesser of (1) 5,000 sq. ft. or (2) lot area of smallest similarly-developed lot within the context
              (B) in DiagramWidth (minimum feet)Lesser of (1) 40 feet or (2) lot width of the narrowest similarly-developed lot within the context
              (C) in DiagramArea per Dwelling Unit (minimum square feet)700 sq. ft.
              Lot Dimensions Diagram

              Activation of Street-Facing Elevations
              (A) in DiagramGround Floor Transparency (minimum percent)15
              (B) in DiagramUpper Floor Transparency (minimum percent)15
              Activation of Street-Facing Elevations Diagram

              TABLE NOTES:

              1 Where context is referenced, the standards for identifying a context are established in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context.

              2 In case of discrepancy with permitted frontage types, the standards in Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, shall govern.

              3 In case of discrepancy with lot dimensions standards in this summary table, the standards in Sec. 04.09.2Dimensional and Lot Formula Tables, shall govern. These standards may also be modified by the standards in Sec. 04.08.2, Cluster, Planned, and Tiny House Neighborhoods​​​, where such a development is proposed.

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.6.A General Provisions
            1. Frontages. Frontage consists of the area between the front facade of a principal building and the property line adjacent to a street, internal driveway, or open space. The frontage types specified in this Section regulate the design of the frontage of a building and how it relates to the street, internal driveway, or open space. Frontage types are associated with building types and permitted per the provisions of Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type. Standards for specific frontage types are provided in the remaining subsections of Sec. 04.08.6.
            2. Most Similar Frontage Type. In cases of uncertainty, the Administrator may determine the frontage type that most closely corresponds to the proposed development. The Administrator's determination shall be based on the following aspects of the proposed development, as applicable:
              1. Pedestrian- or automobile-oriented nature;
              2. Dimensional aspects including height, width, and depth;
              3. Amount of transparency as a ratio of the frontage; and
              4. Amount of paving and hardscaping as a ratio of the affected yard.
            3. Adjacent Streets or Driveways. Every lot that requires a specific building type shall have a frontage on a public or private street, internal driveway, or open space as provided in Sec. 04.08.7, Civic and Open Space Types.
            4. Corner Lots. On a corner lot, the building and its frontage shall be sited in the following priority order:
              1. At the corner of two public streets;
              2. At the corner of a public street and a private street or internal driveway; 
              3. At the corner of two private streets or internal drives; or 
              4. At the corner of a public or private street or internal driveway and open space.  
            5. Multiple Buildings. Two or more principal buildings on a lot shall be arranged and designed with allowable frontages based on building type.
            6. Table 04.08.6.A, Permitted Frontage Types by Building Type
               Frontage Types1
              Building Type

              Arcade/Gallery

              ForecourtOpen YardParking Frontage2PorchShopfrontSide EntryStoop
              Subsec. 04.08.6.BSubsec. 04.08.6.CSubsec. 04.08.6.DSubsec. 04.08.6.ESubsec. 04.08.6.FSubsec. 04.08.6.GSubsec. 04.08.6.HSubsec. 04.08.6.I
              Apartment Building--------
              Accessory Dwelling Unit/Carriage House----------
              Corner Store------------
              Duplex--------
              Flex Building------------
              Large Format Building------------
              Lot Line Dwelling----------
              Mixed Use Building----------
              Public and Civic Building--
              Qualified Manufactured Home--------
              Shop------------
              Single-Family Attached Dwelling--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Single-Family Detached Dwelling----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Townhouse/Rowhouse--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​
              Triplex/Quadplex--​​♦​​​​​​​----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​

              TABLE NOTES:

              ♦ = permitted

              -- = prohibited

              1 Frontage types generally permitted in this table may be restricted within specific character districts per the provisions in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

              2 Regardless of the provisions in this Table 04.08.6.A, a Parking Frontage type may be permitted for any permitted building type within specified character districts per Table 04.11.4.EVehicle Surface Parking.​​​​​​​

              Table 04.08.6.A, Permitted Frontage Types by Building Type
               Frontage Types1
              Building Type

              Arcade/Gallery

              ForecourtOpen YardParking Frontage2PorchShopfrontSide EntryStoop
              Subsec. 04.08.6.BSubsec. 04.08.6.CSubsec. 04.08.6.DSubsec. 04.08.6.ESubsec. 04.08.6.FSubsec. 04.08.6.GSubsec. 04.08.6.HSubsec. 04.08.6.I
              Apartment Building--------
              Accessory Dwelling Unit/Carriage House----------
              Corner Store------------
              Duplex--------
              Flex Building------------
              Large Format Building------------
              Lot Line Dwelling----------
              Mixed Use Building----------
              Public and Civic Building--
              Qualified Manufactured Home--------
              Shop------------
              Single-Family Attached Dwelling--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Single-Family Detached Dwelling----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Townhouse/Rowhouse--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​
              Triplex/Quadplex--​​♦​​​​​​​----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​

              TABLE NOTES:

              ♦ = permitted

              -- = prohibited

              1 Frontage types generally permitted in this table may be restricted within specific character districts per the provisions in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

              2 Regardless of the provisions in this Table 04.08.6.A, a Parking Frontage type may be permitted for any permitted building type within specified character districts per Table 04.11.4.EVehicle Surface Parking.​​​​​​​

              Table 04.08.6.A, Permitted Frontage Types by Building Type
               Frontage Types1
              Building Type

              Arcade/Gallery

              ForecourtOpen YardParking Frontage2PorchShopfrontSide EntryStoop
              Subsec. 04.08.6.BSubsec. 04.08.6.CSubsec. 04.08.6.DSubsec. 04.08.6.ESubsec. 04.08.6.FSubsec. 04.08.6.GSubsec. 04.08.6.HSubsec. 04.08.6.I
              Apartment Building--------
              Accessory Dwelling Unit/Carriage House----------
              Corner Store------------
              Duplex--------
              Flex Building------------
              Large Format Building------------
              Lot Line Dwelling----------
              Mixed Use Building----------
              Public and Civic Building--
              Qualified Manufactured Home--------
              Shop------------
              Single-Family Attached Dwelling--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Single-Family Detached Dwelling----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Townhouse/Rowhouse--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​
              Triplex/Quadplex--​​♦​​​​​​​----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​

              TABLE NOTES:

              ♦ = permitted

              -- = prohibited

              1 Frontage types generally permitted in this table may be restricted within specific character districts per the provisions in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

              2 Regardless of the provisions in this Table 04.08.6.A, a Parking Frontage type may be permitted for any permitted building type within specified character districts per Table 04.11.4.EVehicle Surface Parking.​​​​​​​

              Table 04.08.6.A, Permitted Frontage Types by Building Type
               Frontage Types1
              Building Type

              Arcade/Gallery

              ForecourtOpen YardParking Frontage2PorchShopfrontSide EntryStoop
              Subsec. 04.08.6.BSubsec. 04.08.6.CSubsec. 04.08.6.DSubsec. 04.08.6.ESubsec. 04.08.6.FSubsec. 04.08.6.GSubsec. 04.08.6.HSubsec. 04.08.6.I
              Apartment Building--------
              Accessory Dwelling Unit/Carriage House----------
              Corner Store------------
              Duplex--------
              Flex Building------------
              Large Format Building------------
              Lot Line Dwelling----------
              Mixed Use Building----------
              Public and Civic Building--
              Qualified Manufactured Home--------
              Shop------------
              Single-Family Attached Dwelling--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Single-Family Detached Dwelling----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​
              Townhouse/Rowhouse--------♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​
              Triplex/Quadplex--​​♦​​​​​​​----♦​​​​​​​--♦​​​​​​​♦​​​​​​​

              TABLE NOTES:

              ♦ = permitted

              -- = prohibited

              1 Frontage types generally permitted in this table may be restricted within specific character districts per the provisions in Sec. 04.08.3Housing and Building Types.

              2 Regardless of the provisions in this Table 04.08.6.A, a Parking Frontage type may be permitted for any permitted building type within specified character districts per Table 04.11.4.EVehicle Surface Parking.​​​​​​​

               

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

               

               

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.08.6.B Arcade/Gallery
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings

              Key for Diagrams

               Arcade

              1. Description

              In the Gallery or Arcade frontage type, a covered walkway with or without habitable space above encroaches over a sidewalk or walkway. An arcade should be used to provide pedestrian circulation along a frontage and it should extend far enough from the building to provide adequate protection and circulation space for pedestrians. An arcade is intended for buildings with ground floor commercial uses and is common along public courtyards and walkable streets. 

              2. Size

              Depth, Clear8 ft minA
              Ground floor height, Clear11 ft minB
              Upper floor height, Clear9' minC
              Height2 stories max with encroachmentD
              Setback from back of curb2 ft minE
              Width75% facade width minF

              3. Miscellaneous

              Arcade Frontages shall be used in conjunction with the standards for the Shopfront frontage type. In case of a conflict between them, the Arcade frontage type standards prevail.G
              Arcades shall have a consistent depth along a frontage.
              Arcades with more than 2 floors of habitable space above the colonnade shall not encroach onto a public right-of-way, and shall be located so that they abut the right-of-way.

              A gallery with slender metal columns 

              A wood framed gallery

              A masonry gallery with habitable    space on second floor

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.6.C Forecourt
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings

              Key for Diagrams

              Forecourt

              1. Description

              In the Forecourt frontage type, the primary portion of the building’s front façade is at the build-to- zone while a small percentage is set back, creating a courtyard space.  This space can be used as entry court, garden space, or for outdoor seating, dining or retail.

              2. Size

              Width, Clear12 ft min.A
              Depth, Clear12 ft min.B

              3. Miscellaneous

              Forecourts are especially useful along larger, more auto-dominant thoroughfares in order to provide well-shaped, intimately sized public outdoor spaces.
              The proportions and orientation of courtyard spaces shall be carefully considered for solar orientation and user comfort.

              An elevated forecourt

              An elevated forecourt forming a dining terrace

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.6.D Open Yard
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings 

              Key for Diagrams

              Open Yard

              1. Description

              In the Open Yard frontage type, a landscaped yard separates the building and the street.  It is intended for non-urban areas with moderate to considerable setbacks. It is also appropriate for areas transitioning from non-urban residential to non-urban commercial where the frontage maintains the residential character of the street.  A fence at the frontage line may help to maintain privacy and street spatial definition. A visually continuous yard can be created without fencing. If there is a porch it is a secondary feature. 

              2. Size

              Finish Level above Sidewalk24" minA

              3. Miscellaneous

              The entry to the house could be in the front or to the side.
              The Open Yard frontage is only permitted in the RR, SR, and SO districts. 

              An open yard in a suburban context

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.6.E Parking Frontage
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings 

              Key for Diagrams

              Parking

              1. Description

              In the Parking frontage type, front access to buildings by vehicles is provided while maintaining a moderate level of walkability. A maximum of two rows of off-street parking and one drive aisle is provided between the building and the street. Setbacks and low vegetated or structural screening separate the parking area from the sidewalk.  

              2. Size

              Depth60' max (two rows of 90 degree parking and one drive aisle)A
              BufferThe buffer between the parking area and the sidewalk shall comply with Sec. 04.12.5, Bufferyards.B

              3. Miscellaneous

              The Parking frontage is generally prohibited in the Semi-Urban Residential district and the Mixed-Use districts. 
              The Shop building type may be used in conjunction with Parking frontages in the AUC district. 

              A Parking frontage in a suburban context

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.6.F Porch
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings 

              Key for Diagrams

              Porch

              1. Description

              In the Porch frontage type, the front façade of the building is at the build-to-zone or setback line and the porch projects forward. The Porch is used to access a first floor that is elevated above the sidewalk to ensure privacy within the building. A porch is large enough to function as an outdoor living space. Stairs from the porch may descend forward or to the side. Porches may extend forward of the build-to-zone or Setback Line.

              2. Size

              Width, Clear8 ft min.A
              Depth, Clear6 ft min.B
              Height, Clear8 ft min.C
              Height2 story max
              Finish Level Above Sidewalk0 ft min.D

              3. Miscellaneous

              Stairs from the Porch may extend into the Right-of-Way if permitted by the Director of Public Works.

              A 6’ minimum clear zone for pedestrians shall be maintained on the sidewalk.

              Metal Porch at Amos Shinkle Townhouse in Covington

              A two-story porch on an apartment building

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

               

               

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.08.6.G Shopfront
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings

              Key for Diagrams

              Shopfront

              1. Description

              In the Shopfront frontage type, the front façade of the building is at or near the frontage line with an at-grade entrance along the public right-of-way. The Shopfront frontage also includes a canopy or awning element that overlaps the sidewalk along the majority of the frontage.  The canopy is a structural cantilevered shed roof and the awning is canvas or similar material and is often retractable. A shopfront may be used in conjunction with other frontage types.

              2. Size

              Distance between glazing2 ft max

              A

              Ground floor transparency between 3 ft and 8 ft above floor level

              70% min and should allow a view of at least 5 feet of interior space
              Upper floors transparency between 3 ft and 8 ft above floor level40% min 
              Depth of recessed entries 15 ft maxB

              3. Canopy or Awning

              Depth4 ft minC
              Width, cumulative70% facade width min 
              Setback from back of curb2 ft minD
              Height, Clear8 ft minE

              4. Miscellaneous

              Doors maybe recessed as long as Front Facade is at BTZ.
              Operable awnings are encouraged.
              Open-ended awnings are encouraged
              Notes:
              1 A recessed entry may be designed in a variety of configurations
              (recessed door, sawtooth pattern, etc.) and may be located on the front facade or the corner of a building.

              A shopfront with a centered doorway in Covington

               

              A shopfront with a recessed doorway

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

               

               

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.08.6.H Side Entry
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings 

              Key for Diagrams

              Side Entry

              1. Description

              In the Side Entry frontage type, the entry can serve as either the primary or secondary access to a building. Side entries shall meet the street and side yard setbacks.

              2. Size

              Offset from Front of Building10 ft min.A
              Width5 ft min.B

              3. Miscellaneous

              Side entries can be accompanied by a one or two-story porch, a stoop, or be built as an extension of the principal building.

              A side entry may only be used on the end units of a set of townhouses

              Side entry on a single-family detached house

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

               

               

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.08.6.I Stoop
              See Sec. 04.08.3, Housing and Building Types, for associated buildings 

              Key for Diagrams

              Stoop

              1. Description

              In the Stoop frontage type, the front façade of the building is at the build-to-zone or setback line and the elevated stoop projects forward. The stoop is elevated above the sidewalk to ensure privacy within the building. The stoop usually is composed of stairs and a landing.

              2. Size

              Width, Clear5 ft min., 8 ft maxA
              Depth, Clear5 ft min., 8 ft maxB
              Height, Clear8 ft min.C
              Height1 story max
              Finish Level Above Sidewalk0 ft. min.D

              3. Miscellaneous

              A stoop is appropriate for residential uses with small setbacks.
              Stoops may extend forward of the build-to-zone or setback line and, if permitted by the Director of Public Works, into the right-of-way.
              A six-foot minimum clear zone for pedestrians shall be maintained on the sidewalk.
              Stairs may be perpendicular or parallel to the building facade.
              The entry doors are encouraged to be covered or recessed to provide shelter from the elements.
              Gates are not allowed.
              All doors shall face the street.

              A Stoop at La Salette Academy in Covington

              An Uncovered Stoop

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

               

               

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.08.7.A General Provisions
            7. Purpose. This Section establishes types and standards for new development to provide parks, open space, and civic spaces (referred to collectively in this section as “open space”) into the development design. Both private and public open space shall be distributed throughout the development site and provide not only aesthetic quality compatible with the underlying character district but serve recreational and civic functions as well. A variety of open spaces shall be conveniently accessible to all residents, employees, and patrons and provide pedestrian linkages throughout the development. 
            8. Applicability. The provisions of this Section shall apply to the development of all land in the City subject to a Preliminary Plat, Development Plan, or Site Plan that exceed the following thresholds.
              1. Residential Development.
                1. Five acres; or
                2. 35 dwelling units.
              2. Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Development. Any nonresidential or mixed-use development, excluding land within the LI or GI character districts, that exceeds: 
                1.  Two primary buildings;
                2.  Two nonresidential tenants;
                3.  A gross building area of 60,000 square feet (in one or more buildings); or
                4. Three acres of a site or lot area.
            9. Exemptions
              1. Residential lots that are a half-acre or more may be excluded from the open space set-aside calculation.
              2. Otherwise applicable developments whose boundaries are within 1,320 feet of an existing open space, based on the shortest distance along a sidewalk or street, shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section if the land area of the open space meets the set-aside requirements of this Section.
              3. Open space shall not be required when the minimum open space set-aside calculation for:
                1. Residential development yields less than 5,000 square feet; or
                2. Nonresidential or mixed-use development yields less than 2,500 square feet.
            10. Minimum Open Space. Open Space shall be provided in accordance with Table 04.08.7.A-1, Minimum Open Space.
            11. Table 04.08.7.A-1, Minimum Open Space
               Character District Minimum Open Space Set AsideRequired Open Space Type 
               All Districts1 5% Any combination as permitted
              by district
               RR  30% (cluster neighborhoods) Natural Area
               SR 30% (cluster neighborhoods) Natural Area 
               SR45% (planned neighborhoods) Any combination as permitted
              by district

              TABLE NOTES:

              1 Provisions in this row apply to all non-cluster neighborhood and non-planned neighborhood developments which meet the applicability criteria in subparagraph 2, above.

              1. Calculation of Minimum Open Space.
                1. The minimum open space set-aside calculation shall be based on the entire development site.
                2. Parking areas, driveways, buildings, required sidewalks along streets, public right-of-ways, and individual private yards, porches, or balconies shall not be counted as open space. However, green roofs in compliance with the U.S. Green Building Council standards for vegetated roofs shall qualify as open space. 
              2. Required Landscaping. For all open space types, a minimum of one canopy tree and two ornamental trees shall be preserved or provided per 2,500 square feet of open space area. 
              3. Ownership, Management, and Maintenance of Open Spaces. Required open space area shall be owned, managed and maintained as permanent open space through one or more of the following options:
                1. Maintenance of Open Spaces. Dedicated open space areas shall be maintained in reasonable order and condition. Responsibility for managing and maintaining open space areas lies with the owner of the land comprising the areas. Failure to maintain open space areas in a manner consistent with the Kenton County Subdivision Regulations or with the standards of Article 158.04, Development Design Standards, shall be a violation of this NDC. Identification of who bears responsibility for managing and maintaining open space areas shall be shown on any recorded subdivision plat for the development or any approved construction plan for the development (if no subdivision approval is required). 
                2. City or Other Public Agency. Open space areas may be dedicated to the public and conveyed to the City or other public agency that is organized for, capable of, and willing to accept responsibility for managing and maintaining the land for its intended open space purposes. Land dedicated to the City shall take the form of a fee simple ownership and the City may accept a dedication if:
                  1. The land is accessible to the residents of the City;

                  2. There is no cost of acquisition other than any cost normally associated with closing on real estate;

                  3. An environmental survey of the property is submitted;

                  4. A metes and bounds and boundary survey of the property is submitted; and

                  5. A warranty deed is submitted to verify ownership, along with a submittal determining property value.

                3. Third-Party Beneficiary. Open space areas may be conveyed to a third-party beneficiary such as an environmental or civic organization that is organized for, capable of, and willing to accept responsibility for managing and maintaining the land for its intended open space purposes.
                4. Property Owners' or Homeowners' Association. Open space areas may be conveyed to a property owners’ or homeowners’ association that holds the land in common ownership and will be responsible for managing and maintaining the land for its intended open space purposes.
                5. Owner(s). Open space may be held in common ownership by the owner(s) of the development, who will be responsible for managing and maintaining the land for its intended open space purposes.
              4. Civic and Open Space Types. The following civic and open space types in Table 04.08.7.A-2 are permitted in the character districts indicated. Each civic or open space shall comply with all standards and tables of the corresponding open space types defined in Subsections 04.08.7 A - 04.08.7 G
              Table 04.08.7.A-2, Civic and Open Space Types 
              Civic and Open Space Description Illustration Character Districts Where Permitted
              Park:

              A park is an open space that may be designed for active or passive recreational use, such as amenity centers, neighborhood pools, or athletic fields. Parks can be available for credit as formal or informal open space set-aside requirements depending on the intensity of the improvements. 

              Parks create a central open space, which services an entire neighborhood or group of neighborhoods or incorporates physical features that are assets to the community (i.e., water frontage, high ground, or significant stands of woodlands). Parks may be combined or interconnected with other open space types.

              All Districts
              Common Green

              A common green is a public, urban open space available for unstructured and limited amounts of structured recreation. Buildings face onto a common green and the space consists of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns with paths and benches in shaded areas. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the common green. 

              The space may serve as a location of occasional commercial and civic uses such as neighborhood fairs or festivals, concerts, or other public events.

              All Districts
              Plaza

              A plaza is a public, urban open space that offers abundant opportunities for civic gathering. Plazas add to the vibrancy of streets within the more urban areas of the City and create formal open spaces available for civic purposes and commercial activity. Building frontages define the edges of plazas.

              Plazas have a balance of hardscape and planting. Seating consists of a combination of planter seat walls, steps, benches, and chairs. Trees provide shade and should be formally arranged and of appropriate scale. Plazas typically are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets. A minimum of one public street frontage is required for plazas.

              All Districts except RR and RS
              Playground

              Playground areas are family-oriented play areas within urban and suburban open contexts that are conducive to the recreational needs of children. Playground areas range in style from urban pocket parks within mixed-use developments to playscapes within neighborhood parks.

              These play areas are protected from the street and typically located where users do not have to cross major streets to access. An open shelter, play structures, or interactive art and fountains may be included with landscaping between. Shaded areas and seating shall be provided for ease of supervision. 

              A larger playground may be incorporated into a park or common green.

              All Districts

              Square

              A square is a public, urban open space dedicated to unstructured public use. Square types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationships among their intended use, their size, their landscaping, and the buildings fronting the space. Squares are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets.

              The square should have an urban, formal character and be defined by the surrounding building frontages and adjacent tree-lined streets. All buildings adjacent to the square shall front onto the square. Adjacent streets shall be lined with appropriately scaled trees that help to define the square.

              The landscape shall consist of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns and furnished with paths and benches. Shaded areas for seating should be provided. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the square.

              All Districts except RR and SR

              Natural Area

              A natural area is an open space that is maintained but left in a natural state. Natural areas may contain hillsides, hillcrests, moderate to steep slopes (exceeding 15 percent), floodplains and riparian buffers, streams, ponds, agricultural lands, forests, fields, meadows, tree save areas, scenic corridors and viewsheds, wildlife habitats, or vegetated stormwater management features. These areas may also contain historic or culturally significant areas, such as cemeteries, battlefields, or other archeologically significant resources.

              RR and SR

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

               

                

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.08.7.B Park
              1.  
            12. Park  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A park is an open space that may be designed for active or passive recreational use, such as amenity centers, neighborhood pools, or athletic fields. Parks can be available for credit as formal or informal open space set-aside requirements depending on the intensity of the improvements. 

              Parks create a central open space, which services an entire neighborhood or group of neighborhoods or incorporates physical features that are assets to the community (i.e., water frontage, high ground, or significant stands of woodlands). Parks may be combined or interconnected with other open space types.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Informal open space

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Play structures, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

              Minimum size: 5,000 sq.ft.

              Maximum size: None

               Minimum pervious cover: 90%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              Connected by sidewalk or paved path to any adjacent street

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Casual seating 

              Park  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A park is an open space that may be designed for active or passive recreational use, such as amenity centers, neighborhood pools, or athletic fields. Parks can be available for credit as formal or informal open space set-aside requirements depending on the intensity of the improvements. 

              Parks create a central open space, which services an entire neighborhood or group of neighborhoods or incorporates physical features that are assets to the community (i.e., water frontage, high ground, or significant stands of woodlands). Parks may be combined or interconnected with other open space types.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Informal open space

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Play structures, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

              Minimum size: 5,000 sq.ft.

              Maximum size: None

               Minimum pervious cover: 90%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              Connected by sidewalk or paved path to any adjacent street

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Casual seating 

              Park  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A park is an open space that may be designed for active or passive recreational use, such as amenity centers, neighborhood pools, or athletic fields. Parks can be available for credit as formal or informal open space set-aside requirements depending on the intensity of the improvements. 

              Parks create a central open space, which services an entire neighborhood or group of neighborhoods or incorporates physical features that are assets to the community (i.e., water frontage, high ground, or significant stands of woodlands). Parks may be combined or interconnected with other open space types.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Informal open space

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Play structures, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

              Minimum size: 5,000 sq.ft.

              Maximum size: None

               Minimum pervious cover: 90%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              Connected by sidewalk or paved path to any adjacent street

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Casual seating 

              Park  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A park is an open space that may be designed for active or passive recreational use, such as amenity centers, neighborhood pools, or athletic fields. Parks can be available for credit as formal or informal open space set-aside requirements depending on the intensity of the improvements. 

              Parks create a central open space, which services an entire neighborhood or group of neighborhoods or incorporates physical features that are assets to the community (i.e., water frontage, high ground, or significant stands of woodlands). Parks may be combined or interconnected with other open space types.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Informal open space

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Play structures, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

              Minimum size: 5,000 sq.ft.

              Maximum size: None

               Minimum pervious cover: 90%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              Connected by sidewalk or paved path to any adjacent street

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Casual seating 

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.7.C Common Green
              1.  
            13. Common Green  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A common green is a public, urban open space available for unstructured and limited amounts of structured recreation. Buildings face onto a common green and the space consists of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns with paths and benches in shaded areas. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the common green. 

              The space may serve as a location of occasional commercial and civic uses such as neighborhood fairs or festivals, concerts, or other public events.

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings or streets

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Abundant seating opportunities

                Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Standards

              A minimum of one side of the common green shall abut a street

              Minimum size: 5,000 square feet
              Maximum size: 15 acres

              Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              No service or mechanical equipment

              Typical Uses

                Unstructured and passive recreation

              Community gathering with occasional commercial and civic uses 

              Common Green  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A common green is a public, urban open space available for unstructured and limited amounts of structured recreation. Buildings face onto a common green and the space consists of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns with paths and benches in shaded areas. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the common green. 

              The space may serve as a location of occasional commercial and civic uses such as neighborhood fairs or festivals, concerts, or other public events.

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings or streets

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Abundant seating opportunities

                Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Standards

              A minimum of one side of the common green shall abut a street

              Minimum size: 5,000 square feet
              Maximum size: 15 acres

              Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              No service or mechanical equipment

              Typical Uses

                Unstructured and passive recreation

              Community gathering with occasional commercial and civic uses 

              Common Green  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A common green is a public, urban open space available for unstructured and limited amounts of structured recreation. Buildings face onto a common green and the space consists of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns with paths and benches in shaded areas. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the common green. 

              The space may serve as a location of occasional commercial and civic uses such as neighborhood fairs or festivals, concerts, or other public events.

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings or streets

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Abundant seating opportunities

                Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Standards

              A minimum of one side of the common green shall abut a street

              Minimum size: 5,000 square feet
              Maximum size: 15 acres

              Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              No service or mechanical equipment

              Typical Uses

                Unstructured and passive recreation

              Community gathering with occasional commercial and civic uses 

              Common Green  Standards

               

              PARK IMAGE HERE

               

               

              A common green is a public, urban open space available for unstructured and limited amounts of structured recreation. Buildings face onto a common green and the space consists of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns with paths and benches in shaded areas. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the common green. 

              The space may serve as a location of occasional commercial and civic uses such as neighborhood fairs or festivals, concerts, or other public events.

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings or streets

              Open shelters, seating, paths, lawns, and trees formally arranged

              Abundant seating opportunities

                Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Standards

              A minimum of one side of the common green shall abut a street

              Minimum size: 5,000 square feet
              Maximum size: 15 acres

              Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              No service or mechanical equipment

              Typical Uses

                Unstructured and passive recreation

              Community gathering with occasional commercial and civic uses 

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.7.D Plaza
               

              Plaza Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A plaza is a public, urban open space that offers abundant opportunities for civic gathering. Plazas add to the vibrancy of streets within the more urban areas of the City and create formal open spaces available for civic purposes and commercial activity. Building frontages define the edges of plazas.

              Plazas have a balance of hardscape and planting. Seating consists of a combination of planter seat walls, steps, benches, and chairs. Trees provide shade and should be formally arranged and of appropriate scale. Plazas typically are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets. A minimum of one public street frontage is required for plazas.

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space 

              Defined seating areas

              A balance of hardscape and planting

              Trees important for shade

              Spatially defined by building frontages

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acre
              Maximum size: 1 acre

              Minimum width: 30 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 20%; remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25%

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets, at vista termini, or at entrances to public/civic buildings

              Typical Uses

              Commercial and civic uses

              Formal and casual seating

              Tables and chairs for outdoor dining

              Retail and food kiosks

              Plaza Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A plaza is a public, urban open space that offers abundant opportunities for civic gathering. Plazas add to the vibrancy of streets within the more urban areas of the City and create formal open spaces available for civic purposes and commercial activity. Building frontages define the edges of plazas.

              Plazas have a balance of hardscape and planting. Seating consists of a combination of planter seat walls, steps, benches, and chairs. Trees provide shade and should be formally arranged and of appropriate scale. Plazas typically are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets. A minimum of one public street frontage is required for plazas.

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space 

              Defined seating areas

              A balance of hardscape and planting

              Trees important for shade

              Spatially defined by building frontages

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acre
              Maximum size: 1 acre

              Minimum width: 30 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 20%; remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25%

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets, at vista termini, or at entrances to public/civic buildings

              Typical Uses

              Commercial and civic uses

              Formal and casual seating

              Tables and chairs for outdoor dining

              Retail and food kiosks

              Plaza Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A plaza is a public, urban open space that offers abundant opportunities for civic gathering. Plazas add to the vibrancy of streets within the more urban areas of the City and create formal open spaces available for civic purposes and commercial activity. Building frontages define the edges of plazas.

              Plazas have a balance of hardscape and planting. Seating consists of a combination of planter seat walls, steps, benches, and chairs. Trees provide shade and should be formally arranged and of appropriate scale. Plazas typically are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets. A minimum of one public street frontage is required for plazas.

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space 

              Defined seating areas

              A balance of hardscape and planting

              Trees important for shade

              Spatially defined by building frontages

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acre
              Maximum size: 1 acre

              Minimum width: 30 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 20%; remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25%

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets, at vista termini, or at entrances to public/civic buildings

              Typical Uses

              Commercial and civic uses

              Formal and casual seating

              Tables and chairs for outdoor dining

              Retail and food kiosks

              Plaza Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A plaza is a public, urban open space that offers abundant opportunities for civic gathering. Plazas add to the vibrancy of streets within the more urban areas of the City and create formal open spaces available for civic purposes and commercial activity. Building frontages define the edges of plazas.

              Plazas have a balance of hardscape and planting. Seating consists of a combination of planter seat walls, steps, benches, and chairs. Trees provide shade and should be formally arranged and of appropriate scale. Plazas typically are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets. A minimum of one public street frontage is required for plazas.

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space 

              Defined seating areas

              A balance of hardscape and planting

              Trees important for shade

              Spatially defined by building frontages

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acre
              Maximum size: 1 acre

              Minimum width: 30 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 20%; remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Minimum perimeter frontage on public right of way: 25%

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets, at vista termini, or at entrances to public/civic buildings

              Typical Uses

              Commercial and civic uses

              Formal and casual seating

              Tables and chairs for outdoor dining

              Retail and food kiosks

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.7.E Playground
              1.  
            14. Playground Standards

               

               

               

              Playground areas are family-oriented play areas within urban and suburban open contexts that are conducive to the recreational needs of children. Playground areas range in style from urban pocket parks within mixed-use developments to playscapes within neighborhood parks.

              These play areas are protected from the street and typically located where users do not have to cross major streets to access. An open shelter, play structures, or interactive art and fountains may be included with landscaping between. Shaded areas and seating shall be provided for ease of supervision. 

              A larger playground may be incorporated into a park or common green.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelter

              Shade and seating provided

              Play structure, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

                Minimum size: None
                Maximum size: None
                Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall            consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              ADA compliant 

               

                 A walkway shall connect to the adjacent sidewalk 

              Compliant with U.S. CPSC standard 325, 2010, “Public Playground Safety Handbook,” U.S. Consumer Protection Safety Commission, Bethesda, MD

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Unstructured recreation

              Casual seating, paths and trails, accessory structures, drinking fountains

              Playground Standards

               

               

               

              Playground areas are family-oriented play areas within urban and suburban open contexts that are conducive to the recreational needs of children. Playground areas range in style from urban pocket parks within mixed-use developments to playscapes within neighborhood parks.

              These play areas are protected from the street and typically located where users do not have to cross major streets to access. An open shelter, play structures, or interactive art and fountains may be included with landscaping between. Shaded areas and seating shall be provided for ease of supervision. 

              A larger playground may be incorporated into a park or common green.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelter

              Shade and seating provided

              Play structure, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

                Minimum size: None
                Maximum size: None
                Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall            consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              ADA compliant 

               

                 A walkway shall connect to the adjacent sidewalk 

              Compliant with U.S. CPSC standard 325, 2010, “Public Playground Safety Handbook,” U.S. Consumer Protection Safety Commission, Bethesda, MD

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Unstructured recreation

              Casual seating, paths and trails, accessory structures, drinking fountains

              Playground Standards

               

               

               

              Playground areas are family-oriented play areas within urban and suburban open contexts that are conducive to the recreational needs of children. Playground areas range in style from urban pocket parks within mixed-use developments to playscapes within neighborhood parks.

              These play areas are protected from the street and typically located where users do not have to cross major streets to access. An open shelter, play structures, or interactive art and fountains may be included with landscaping between. Shaded areas and seating shall be provided for ease of supervision. 

              A larger playground may be incorporated into a park or common green.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelter

              Shade and seating provided

              Play structure, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

                Minimum size: None
                Maximum size: None
                Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall            consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              ADA compliant 

               

                 A walkway shall connect to the adjacent sidewalk 

              Compliant with U.S. CPSC standard 325, 2010, “Public Playground Safety Handbook,” U.S. Consumer Protection Safety Commission, Bethesda, MD

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Unstructured recreation

              Casual seating, paths and trails, accessory structures, drinking fountains

              Playground Standards

               

               

               

              Playground areas are family-oriented play areas within urban and suburban open contexts that are conducive to the recreational needs of children. Playground areas range in style from urban pocket parks within mixed-use developments to playscapes within neighborhood parks.

              These play areas are protected from the street and typically located where users do not have to cross major streets to access. An open shelter, play structures, or interactive art and fountains may be included with landscaping between. Shaded areas and seating shall be provided for ease of supervision. 

              A larger playground may be incorporated into a park or common green.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Focused on family-oriented use

              Open shelter

              Shade and seating provided

              Play structure, interactive art or fountains

              Standards

                Minimum size: None
                Maximum size: None
                Minimum pervious cover: 60%; remainder shall            consist of amenities, crushed stone, or pavers

              ADA compliant 

               

                 A walkway shall connect to the adjacent sidewalk 

              Compliant with U.S. CPSC standard 325, 2010, “Public Playground Safety Handbook,” U.S. Consumer Protection Safety Commission, Bethesda, MD

              Typical Uses

              Active and passive recreation

              Unstructured recreation

              Casual seating, paths and trails, accessory structures, drinking fountains

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.7.F Square
              1.  
            15. Square  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A square is a public, urban open space dedicated to unstructured public use. Square types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationships among their intended use, their size, their landscaping, and the buildings fronting the space. Squares are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets.

              The square should have an urban, formal character and be defined by the surrounding building frontages and adjacent tree-lined streets. All buildings adjacent to the square shall front onto the square. Adjacent streets shall be lined with appropriately scaled trees that help to define the square.

              The landscape shall consist of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns and furnished with paths and benches. Shaded areas for seating should be provided. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the square.

               

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings and tree-lined streets.

              Open shelters, paths, lawns, benches, and trees formally arranged

              Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Abundant seating opportunities

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acres 
              Maximum size: 5 acres

              Minimum width: 25 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 50% remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports.

              Community gathering

              Occasional commercial and civic uses

              Square  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A square is a public, urban open space dedicated to unstructured public use. Square types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationships among their intended use, their size, their landscaping, and the buildings fronting the space. Squares are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets.

              The square should have an urban, formal character and be defined by the surrounding building frontages and adjacent tree-lined streets. All buildings adjacent to the square shall front onto the square. Adjacent streets shall be lined with appropriately scaled trees that help to define the square.

              The landscape shall consist of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns and furnished with paths and benches. Shaded areas for seating should be provided. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the square.

               

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings and tree-lined streets.

              Open shelters, paths, lawns, benches, and trees formally arranged

              Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Abundant seating opportunities

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acres 
              Maximum size: 5 acres

              Minimum width: 25 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 50% remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports.

              Community gathering

              Occasional commercial and civic uses

              Square  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A square is a public, urban open space dedicated to unstructured public use. Square types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationships among their intended use, their size, their landscaping, and the buildings fronting the space. Squares are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets.

              The square should have an urban, formal character and be defined by the surrounding building frontages and adjacent tree-lined streets. All buildings adjacent to the square shall front onto the square. Adjacent streets shall be lined with appropriately scaled trees that help to define the square.

              The landscape shall consist of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns and furnished with paths and benches. Shaded areas for seating should be provided. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the square.

               

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings and tree-lined streets.

              Open shelters, paths, lawns, benches, and trees formally arranged

              Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Abundant seating opportunities

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acres 
              Maximum size: 5 acres

              Minimum width: 25 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 50% remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports.

              Community gathering

              Occasional commercial and civic uses

              Square  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

               

              A square is a public, urban open space dedicated to unstructured public use. Square types are defined by the combination of certain physical constants including the relationships among their intended use, their size, their landscaping, and the buildings fronting the space. Squares are located at the intersection of highly traveled streets.

              The square should have an urban, formal character and be defined by the surrounding building frontages and adjacent tree-lined streets. All buildings adjacent to the square shall front onto the square. Adjacent streets shall be lined with appropriately scaled trees that help to define the square.

              The landscape shall consist of lawns, trees, and shrubs planted in formal patterns and furnished with paths and benches. Shaded areas for seating should be provided. A civic element or small structure such as an open shelter, pergola, or fountain may be provided within the square.

               

               

               

               

               

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

              Formal open space

              Spatially defined by buildings and tree-lined streets.

              Open shelters, paths, lawns, benches, and trees formally arranged

              Walkways and plantings at all edges

              Abundant seating opportunities

              Standards

              Minimum size: 0.25 acres 
              Maximum size: 5 acres

              Minimum width: 25 feet

              Maximum pervious cover: 50% remainder shall consist of amenities and pavers

              Located at intersections of highly traveled streets

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports.

              Community gathering

              Occasional commercial and civic uses

               

               

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.08.7.G Natural Areas
              1.  
            16. Natural Areas  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

              Denver Urban 165

               

              A natural area is an open space that is maintained but left in a natural state. Natural areas may contain hillsides, hillcrests, moderate to steep slopes (exceeding 15 percent), floodplains and riparian buffers, streams, ponds, agricultural lands, forests, fields, meadows, tree save areas, scenic corridors and viewsheds, wildlife habitats, or vegetated stormwater management features. These areas may also contain historic or culturally significant areas, such as cemeteries, battlefields, or other archeologically significant resources.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

                 Informal natural space

              Spatially defined by natural features

              Barns, paths, meadows, and forests are designed to reflect the natural and cultural heritage of the site

              Potential to interconnect with other natural
              areas

              Standards

              Minimum size: 1 contiguous acre 

                Minimum width: 25 feet at any location

              Located in areas of sensitive environmental resources, including but not limited to woodlands, waterways and riparian buffers, steep slopes, and floodplains 

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports

              Agriculture, wildlife habitat, scenic corridors and viewsheds, vegetated stormwater management features, tree save areas.

              Natural Areas  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

              Denver Urban 165

               

              A natural area is an open space that is maintained but left in a natural state. Natural areas may contain hillsides, hillcrests, moderate to steep slopes (exceeding 15 percent), floodplains and riparian buffers, streams, ponds, agricultural lands, forests, fields, meadows, tree save areas, scenic corridors and viewsheds, wildlife habitats, or vegetated stormwater management features. These areas may also contain historic or culturally significant areas, such as cemeteries, battlefields, or other archeologically significant resources.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

                 Informal natural space

              Spatially defined by natural features

              Barns, paths, meadows, and forests are designed to reflect the natural and cultural heritage of the site

              Potential to interconnect with other natural
              areas

              Standards

              Minimum size: 1 contiguous acre 

                Minimum width: 25 feet at any location

              Located in areas of sensitive environmental resources, including but not limited to woodlands, waterways and riparian buffers, steep slopes, and floodplains 

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports

              Agriculture, wildlife habitat, scenic corridors and viewsheds, vegetated stormwater management features, tree save areas.

              Natural Areas  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

              Denver Urban 165

               

              A natural area is an open space that is maintained but left in a natural state. Natural areas may contain hillsides, hillcrests, moderate to steep slopes (exceeding 15 percent), floodplains and riparian buffers, streams, ponds, agricultural lands, forests, fields, meadows, tree save areas, scenic corridors and viewsheds, wildlife habitats, or vegetated stormwater management features. These areas may also contain historic or culturally significant areas, such as cemeteries, battlefields, or other archeologically significant resources.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

                 Informal natural space

              Spatially defined by natural features

              Barns, paths, meadows, and forests are designed to reflect the natural and cultural heritage of the site

              Potential to interconnect with other natural
              areas

              Standards

              Minimum size: 1 contiguous acre 

                Minimum width: 25 feet at any location

              Located in areas of sensitive environmental resources, including but not limited to woodlands, waterways and riparian buffers, steep slopes, and floodplains 

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports

              Agriculture, wildlife habitat, scenic corridors and viewsheds, vegetated stormwater management features, tree save areas.

              Natural Areas  Standards

               

              kc 054

               

              Denver Urban 165

               

              A natural area is an open space that is maintained but left in a natural state. Natural areas may contain hillsides, hillcrests, moderate to steep slopes (exceeding 15 percent), floodplains and riparian buffers, streams, ponds, agricultural lands, forests, fields, meadows, tree save areas, scenic corridors and viewsheds, wildlife habitats, or vegetated stormwater management features. These areas may also contain historic or culturally significant areas, such as cemeteries, battlefields, or other archeologically significant resources.

              Typical Characteristics

              General Character

                 Informal natural space

              Spatially defined by natural features

              Barns, paths, meadows, and forests are designed to reflect the natural and cultural heritage of the site

              Potential to interconnect with other natural
              areas

              Standards

              Minimum size: 1 contiguous acre 

                Minimum width: 25 feet at any location

              Located in areas of sensitive environmental resources, including but not limited to woodlands, waterways and riparian buffers, steep slopes, and floodplains 

              Typical Uses

              Unstructured and passive recreation – no organized sports

              Agriculture, wildlife habitat, scenic corridors and viewsheds, vegetated stormwater management features, tree save areas.

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

               

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.11.4.A Joint Access
            17. Joint Access. Nonresidential and mixed-use parcels that front on arterial or collector streets shall, to the extent practicable, provide joint access driveways together with cross-access for vehicles, pedestrians, and bicycles (See Figure 04.11.4.A, Joint Access).
            18. Connections Possible but not Existing. Where connections to abutting nonresidential or mixed-use parcels are possible, but not currently existing, the parcel proposed for development shall include a stub-out of driving aisles and sidewalks at a location that allows for two-way vehicular connection and pedestrian connection on the abutting parcel (i.e., one that allows for reasonable development of both parcels) in the future.

            19. Easement. The applicant shall record a cross-access easement in a form acceptable to the City Attorney to allow for future connection of the stub-outs to a comparable land use on the abutting parcel.

            20. Legal Instrument Required.

              1. Recordation. Access that is shared by adjacent properties, whether under single or separate ownership, shall be preserved using an appropriate legal instrument acceptable to the City Attorney, such as an access agreement, and recorded with the Kenton County Property Valuation Administrator at the applicant's expense. The obligation to provide and maintain the cross-access runs with the land.
              2. Existing Joint Access. If there is an existing joint access for which there is no recorded legal documentation, the joint access shall continue and appropriate legal documentation shall be executed and recorded, in a form acceptable to the City Attorney.
            21.  Figure 04.11.4.A, Joint Access

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.11.4.B Vehicular Access Point Spacing and Clearance
            22. Generally
              1. Applicable Streets. To promote greater safety of passage between street and properties, improve the convenience and ease of movement of travelers on the street, permit reasonable speeds and economy of travel, and increase and protect the capacity of streets, the location and design of vehicular access points onto streets shall comply with the following access control requirements. These requirements apply along all arterial and collector streets, as identified in the Kenton County Comprehensive Plan.
              2. Minimize Conflicts. Where permitted, vehicular access points shall be located to minimize conflict with pedestrian, cyclist, and vehicular traffic on the abutting public right-of-way. 
            23. Provision of Reserved Turning Lanes. At those access points where vehicles turning to and from the arterial and collector streets affect the roadway capacity, as demonstrated by a traffic study provided by the developer and based on the policies of the Kentucky Transportation Cabinet, turn lanes shall be constructed by the developer.
            24. Coordination of Vehicular Access Points. Major access points on opposite sides of arterial and collector streets shall be located opposite each other, otherwise turning movement restrictions may be imposed by the Planning Commission or Administrator, whichever is applicable. In addition, to maximize the efficient utilization of vehicular access points, access drives shall be designed, located, and constructed in a manner that provides or makes possible the coordination of access with, and between, adjacent properties developed (present or future) for similar uses. As a condition of approval for construction, use, or reuse of any access road, the Administrator may require joint access in accordance with Subsec. 04.11.4.A, Joint Access. Where coordination is not necessary in the opinion of the City Engineer, then major access points on the opposite side of arterial and collector streets shall be located a minimum of 125 feet apart. 
            25. Spacing of Signalized Access Points. 
              1. Distance. Access points that warrant signalization shall be spaced a minimum distance of 0.25 miles apart. The exact location of the signal light shall be determined by a traffic engineering study, which shall at least account for the following variables:
                1. Safety of pedestrians and cyclists;
                2. Minimization of potential collisions; and
                3. Roadway geometrics;
              2. Turning. Turning movements shall prioritize safety of pedestrians and cyclists.
            26. Intersection Alignment. The centerline of all vehicular access points shall intersect as nearly at a 90-degree angle as possible, but in no case may the angle of intersection be less than 75 degrees or greater than 105 degrees, as depicted in Figure 04.11.4.B, Prohibited Access Angles, unless approved by the Planning Commission or Administrator, whichever is applicable, due to certain exceptional conditions including, but not limited to, steep topography, adjacent or nearby historic properties that could be negatively impacted, or public utilities that would be severely impacted by the construction.
            27.  Figure 04.11.4.B, Prohibited Access Angles
              1. Spacing of Unsignalized Access Points.
                1. All developments shall meet the requirements of Article 8, Access Control Regulations, of the Kenton County Subdivision Regulations. The design of all roadway elements shall be in compliance with Section 4.1, Streets, of the Kenton County Subdivision Regulations.
                2. Modifications to the access management requirements of this Article may be granted following the procedures in the Sections 3.8, Minor Deviations by Staff, and 3.9, Waivers to the Regulations, of the Kenton County Subdivision Regulations.

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.11.4.C Driveway Location and Width
            28. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Location and Number
              1.  Setback. All driveways must be set back at least 1 foot from property lines to which they run approximately parallel. Joint access driveways that are shared across two or more lots are not required to be set back from the shared property line.
              2. Number of Vehicular Access Points. A given lot may provide more than one vehicular access point, subject to the minimum and maximum widths established in this section, the approval by the Director of Public Works, and other applicable standards in this NDC.
              3. Alley Access. In all character districts, if an improved alley a minimum of 12 feet in paved width is adjacent to the property, then new vehicular access points and driveways shall access the alley, except as provided below.
              4. Mixed-Use Districts (Except TUR). Except for structured parking, as established in Subsec. 04.11.4.F, Vehicular Structured Parking, all new vehicular access points and driveways in a mixed-use character district shall access an alley or a secondary thoroughfare.
              5. SU and TUR Districts.
                1. All new driveways in the SU and TUR districts shall access either an alley, secondary thoroughfare, or principal thoroughfare public right-of-way based on the prevailing access orientation of the block face
                2. If a majority (50% or more) of the lots (excluding the lot for which there is an application for a new vehicular access point) within the block face containing the subject property do not provide a vehicular access point from a secondary thoroughfare or a principal thoroughfare,  then the vehicular access point and driveway may only provide access from an alley public right-of-way.
                3. If a majority (50% or more) of lots (excluding the lot for which there is an application for a new vehicular access point) within the block face containing the subject property do not provide a vehicular access point from a secondary thoroughfare or a principal thoroughfare, and no alley is available, then a new vehicular access point and driveway shall not be permitted.
              6. All Other Character Districts. All new vehicular access points and driveways in all other character districts may access an alley, secondary thoroughfare, or principal thoroughfare subject to compliance with all other relevant provisions of this Section. 
              7. Design Waiver. Any proposed vehicular access point that does not meet the applicable criteria above must receive a Design Waiver per Sec. 07.23.6 to be permitted.
            29. Vehicular Access Point and Driveway Width.
              1. Except for apartments, for a residential building type, each vehicular access point may be no more than 20 feet and not less than 12 feet in width. For all other building types, access points may not be less than 12 feet nor more than 28 feet in width. The width shall be as measured from the point of curb return to point of curb return, or edge of pavement if no curb exists, excluding the curb radius.
              2. In accordance with Sec. 07.21.1, Administrative Adjustment, the Administrator may permit a wider or narrower driveway width to provide for a more efficient and safe channelization and/or flow of traffic, subject to the following criteria:
                1. Location of infrastructure, including, but not limited to street trees, fire hydrants, bicycle parking, and utility poles will not be negatively impacted by the driveway; and 
                2. For residential uses, a proposed increase in driveway width is not intended to accommodate significantly wide or large vehicles or equipment.
            30. Exceptions to Vehicular Access Point Requirements. Where situations develop that may require special treatment, the Director of Public Works may waive requirements of this Subsection, provided that a traffic engineering report is prepared by a qualified traffic engineer, establishing that the special treatment shall have no adverse effects on the roadway safety and capacity.
            31. Vehicular Access Point Problem Areas. If, after special study, it is determined that the type of use or activity proposed would have an adverse effect on the safety and capacity of the adjacent street, the access point spacing requirements, as contained in this Subsection, may have to be increased to adequately address traffic safety and circulation issues.
            32. Double-Track Driveways. Double-track/wheel strip driveways are permitted, provided each wheel strip is a minimum of 18 inches in width and the area between the wheel strips is landscaped with living groundcover. However, within the public right-of-way, the driveway shall be fully paved along its total width, from the property line to the curbline.
            33. Approval of Vehicular Access Points Required. Plans for all new and modified access points (including plans to use existing access points where a change of use for any tract of land would generate more traffic than the previous use, thus producing an adverse effect on the adjacent roadway) shall be submitted to the Director of Public Works.  The proposed access point shall include typical cross-sections of pavement, the base and subbase, proposed grade, storm drainage, and such other information or plans as the circumstances may warrant. If such access points are being located in conjunction with off-street parking and/or loading and unloading facilities, then the plans shall also include parking and off-street loading and/or unloading plans in accordance with this NDC.
            34. Approval of Vehicular Access Points Along State Maintained Streets by the Kentucky Transportation Cabinet. A copy of the plans for all access points to be constructed along a state-maintained route shall also be submitted to the Kentucky Transportation Cabinet for review and approval during the same time as plans are submitted to the Administrator. No access point plans shall be approved, or permits issued for construction by the City Engineer, until the access point plans have been approved by the Kentucky Transportation Cabinet.
            35. Principal Structure Required. Except where the permitted principal use is vehicular surface parking, a driveway is only permitted on a lot that is improved with a principal structure.
            36. (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.11.4.D ADA Parking
            37. Generally. All parking facilities that require accessible parking spaces shall ensure that a portion of the total number of required parking spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 04.11.4.D, Required Accessible Spaces Based on Conventional. Such spaces shall specifically be designated, located, marked, and reserved for use by persons with physical disabilities, in accordance with the standards in the Federal Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
            38. Measurements. Where required, the dimensions of accessible and van-accessible spaces shall be designed in accordance with Figure 04.11.4.D, Accessible Space Dimensions.
            39.  Figure 04.11.4.D, Accessible Space Dimensions
              1.  Number. The number of required accessible parking spaces shall conform to the following:
              Table 04.11.4.D, Required Accessible Spaces Per Required Conventional Spaces
              Total Conventional SpacesRequired Accessible SpacesRequired Off-Street Van Accessible Spaces
              1–2511 per 6 required accessible spaces
              26–5021 per 6 required accessible spaces
              51–7531 per 6 required accessible spaces
              76–10041 per 6 required accessible spaces
              101–15051 per 6 required accessible spaces
              151–20061 per 6 required accessible spaces
              201–30071 per 6 required accessible spaces
              301–40081 per 6 required accessible spaces
              401–50091 per 6 required accessible spaces
              Over 5002% of total required conventional spaces1 per 6 required accessible spaces
              Table 04.11.4.D, Required Accessible Spaces Per Required Conventional Spaces
              Total Conventional SpacesRequired Accessible SpacesRequired Off-Street Van Accessible Spaces
              1–2511 per 6 required accessible spaces
              26–5021 per 6 required accessible spaces
              51–7531 per 6 required accessible spaces
              76–10041 per 6 required accessible spaces
              101–15051 per 6 required accessible spaces
              151–20061 per 6 required accessible spaces
              201–30071 per 6 required accessible spaces
              301–40081 per 6 required accessible spaces
              401–50091 per 6 required accessible spaces
              Over 5002% of total required conventional spaces1 per 6 required accessible spaces
              Table 04.11.4.D, Required Accessible Spaces Per Required Conventional Spaces
              Total Conventional SpacesRequired Accessible SpacesRequired Off-Street Van Accessible Spaces
              1–2511 per 6 required accessible spaces
              26–5021 per 6 required accessible spaces
              51–7531 per 6 required accessible spaces
              76–10041 per 6 required accessible spaces
              101–15051 per 6 required accessible spaces
              151–20061 per 6 required accessible spaces
              201–30071 per 6 required accessible spaces
              301–40081 per 6 required accessible spaces
              401–50091 per 6 required accessible spaces
              Over 5002% of total required conventional spaces1 per 6 required accessible spaces
              Table 04.11.4.D, Required Accessible Spaces Per Required Conventional Spaces
              Total Conventional SpacesRequired Accessible SpacesRequired Off-Street Van Accessible Spaces
              1–2511 per 6 required accessible spaces
              26–5021 per 6 required accessible spaces
              51–7531 per 6 required accessible spaces
              76–10041 per 6 required accessible spaces
              101–15051 per 6 required accessible spaces
              151–20061 per 6 required accessible spaces
              201–30071 per 6 required accessible spaces
              301–40081 per 6 required accessible spaces
              401–50091 per 6 required accessible spaces
              Over 5002% of total required conventional spaces1 per 6 required accessible spaces

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.11.4.E Vehicular Surface Parking
            40. Parking Location
                1. Generally. Vehicular surface parking shall be located on the subject property in relation to the principal building in accordance with Table 04.11.4.E-1, Vehicle Surface Parking Location.
                2. Exception to Parking Location. If vehicle surface parking is located more than 100 feet from a public right-of-way, the parking may be located within any yard, regardless of the limitations of Table 04.11.4.E-1.
              Table 04.11.4.E-1, Vehicle Surface Parking Location

                                                                        Rear Yard Parking                                      Front Street Yard Parking               Side Street Yard Parking    Interior Side Yard Parking

               

              Character DistrictsParking Location in Relation to Building1
               Rear YardFront  Street YardSide Street YardInterior Side Yard
               RR, SR, AUC, SO, SI, GI, RP, REC2
               LI--
               SU, TUR--3
               Mixed-Use Districts other than TUR4----

              TABLE NOTES:

              ♦ = Permitted; -- = Not permitted

              1 Yards are identified per Sec. 09.28.3Setbacks and Yard Types.

              2 In case of discrepancy where a Parking Frontage type is prohibited per Table 04.08.6.APermitted Frontage Types by Building Type, for a given building type in the specified character districts, this Table 04.11.4.E, Vehicle Surface Parking Location, shall govern.
              Only permitted if interior side parking constitutes 50 percent or more of the block face as identified in Sec. 09.28.2Identifying the Context
              See the individual Mixed-Use districts for parking setback requirements. 

              1. Size of Surface Parking Spaces and Aisles.
                1. Generally. Individual surface parking spaces and drive aisles shall comply with the dimensions depicted in Figure 04.11.4.E-2, Minimum Surface Parking Dimensions.
                2. Compact Spaces. Compact spaces, with signs indicating such, may compose a maximum of 15 percent of required parking. Individual compact spaces shall be a minimum of eight feet in width and 16 feet in depth. A reduction of two feet in required aisle width established in Figure 04.11.4.E-2, Minimum Surface Parking Dimensions, below, is permitted if all abutting parking spaces are compact. 
                3. Combinations. When any combination of these types of parking is used (facing the same aisle), the widest aisle or access drive width requirements shall prevail. In addition, a two-foot overhang is permitted on the external sides of a parking area.
               Figure 04.11.4.E-2, Minimum Surface Parking Dimensions
              1. Pedestrian Facilities.
                1. Walkways. All parking lots with three or more double-loaded aisles shall provide internal pedestrian walkways within the parking area and outside of the parking row. The walkway shall be located to serve the maximum number of parking stalls.
                2. Width. The walkway shall be a minimum of eight feet in width. Walkways may be reduced to five feet in width if designed as a grade-separated walkway with planting strips on either side.
                3. Number of Walkways. One walkway is required for every three double-loaded aisles.
                4. Connection Outside of Site. The walkway shall provide a direct connection to building entrances from the spaces most distant from the entrances. At least one walkway shall provide a direct connection between the building entrances and adjacent pedestrian easements, trails, and public rights-of-way.  
                5. Striping. Where provided, pedestrian walkways shall be clearly marked with high-visibility striping or with alternative materials, such as pavers. Where walkways cross a drive aisle, the walkway shall have a continuous surface treatment across the drive aisle.

              (Ord. No. O-13-21, 09/28/2021)

              Effective on: 10/6/2021

              Subsec. 04.11.4.F Vehicular Structured Parking
            41. Structured Parking Types
                1. Generally. Parking structure types shall be permitted in accordance with Table 04.11.4.F-1, Permitted Parking Structure Types.
              Table 04.11.4.F-1, Permitted Parking Structure Types
               Character DistrictsParking Structure Types
               Tuck-UnderStand-Alone1ActivatedIntegratedRooftop
              RR, SR, SU, TUR------
              SO, RP, REC----
              AUC, SI, LI, GI
              Mixed-Use Districts other than TUR--

              NOTES:
              ♦ = Permitted; -- = Not permitted

              For purposes of this Division 11Parking, Loading, and Circulation, accessory detached garages for dwellings are not considered "Stand-Alone" parking structures. Standards related to accessory detached garages for dwellings are established in Sec. 04.08.4Accessory Structures.

                1. Parking Structure Descriptions. Table 04.11.4.F-2, Parking Structure Type Descriptions and Standards, provides a description, associated standards, and an image for various permitted parking structure types. 
               Table 04.11.4.F-2, Parking Structure Type Descriptions and Standards
               DescriptionsStandardsImage
              Tuck‐under parking consists of a single row of covered parking spaces beneath a building.

              Access to tuck-under parking shall be provided by a drive aisle in a parking lot or alley unless front-facing tuck-under parking is present in the context area as established in Sec. 09.28.2, Identifying the Context.

              Tuck‐under parking may be combined with other parking types and is particularly appropriate for properties that slope away from the street right‐of‐way.

              In the mixed-use character districts, tuck-under parking shall be oriented toward an alley. 

              Stand-alone parking structures are freestanding structures located in the center of a larger block. 

              Access to stand-alone structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Stand-alone structures shall be separated from adjacent buildings by a minimum of 20 feet to provide sufficient light and privacy for adjacent structures. This separation may accommodate an alley and/or rear yards.

              Activated structures are parking structures with retail uses at the base that are oriented solely toward the street. 

              Liner buildings associated with activated structures may be directly attached or detached by a minimal fire separation distance. 

              Access to activated structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Integrated structures are parking structures located within an occupied building. 

              Integrated structures may be fully or partially integrated with the surrounding building.

              Access to an integrated structure shall be provided directly from an alley or a secondary thoroughfare, where present. Integrated structures may provide direct access into the building on each floor.

              Rooftop parking is the combined use of a building, other than a parking garage, and vehicle parking taking place on the roof. Rooftop open-air parking shall require a parapet wall of sufficient height to ensure vehicles are not visible from the nearest sidewalk. Such parapet wall shall be a minimum of four feet in height.
               Table 04.11.4.F-2, Parking Structure Type Descriptions and Standards
               DescriptionsStandardsImage
              Tuck‐under parking consists of a single row of covered parking spaces beneath a building.

              Access to tuck-under parking shall be provided by a drive aisle in a parking lot or alley unless front-facing tuck-under parking is present in the context area as established in Sec. 09.28.2, Identifying the Context.

              Tuck‐under parking may be combined with other parking types and is particularly appropriate for properties that slope away from the street right‐of‐way.

              In the mixed-use character districts, tuck-under parking shall be oriented toward an alley. 

              Stand-alone parking structures are freestanding structures located in the center of a larger block. 

              Access to stand-alone structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Stand-alone structures shall be separated from adjacent buildings by a minimum of 20 feet to provide sufficient light and privacy for adjacent structures. This separation may accommodate an alley and/or rear yards.

              Activated structures are parking structures with retail uses at the base that are oriented solely toward the street. 

              Liner buildings associated with activated structures may be directly attached or detached by a minimal fire separation distance. 

              Access to activated structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Integrated structures are parking structures located within an occupied building. 

              Integrated structures may be fully or partially integrated with the surrounding building.

              Access to an integrated structure shall be provided directly from an alley or a secondary thoroughfare, where present. Integrated structures may provide direct access into the building on each floor.

              Rooftop parking is the combined use of a building, other than a parking garage, and vehicle parking taking place on the roof. Rooftop open-air parking shall require a parapet wall of sufficient height to ensure vehicles are not visible from the nearest sidewalk. Such parapet wall shall be a minimum of four feet in height.
               Table 04.11.4.F-2, Parking Structure Type Descriptions and Standards
               DescriptionsStandardsImage
              Tuck‐under parking consists of a single row of covered parking spaces beneath a building.

              Access to tuck-under parking shall be provided by a drive aisle in a parking lot or alley unless front-facing tuck-under parking is present in the context area as established in Sec. 09.28.2, Identifying the Context.

              Tuck‐under parking may be combined with other parking types and is particularly appropriate for properties that slope away from the street right‐of‐way.

              In the mixed-use character districts, tuck-under parking shall be oriented toward an alley. 

              Stand-alone parking structures are freestanding structures located in the center of a larger block. 

              Access to stand-alone structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Stand-alone structures shall be separated from adjacent buildings by a minimum of 20 feet to provide sufficient light and privacy for adjacent structures. This separation may accommodate an alley and/or rear yards.

              Activated structures are parking structures with retail uses at the base that are oriented solely toward the street. 

              Liner buildings associated with activated structures may be directly attached or detached by a minimal fire separation distance. 

              Access to activated structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Integrated structures are parking structures located within an occupied building. 

              Integrated structures may be fully or partially integrated with the surrounding building.

              Access to an integrated structure shall be provided directly from an alley or a secondary thoroughfare, where present. Integrated structures may provide direct access into the building on each floor.

              Rooftop parking is the combined use of a building, other than a parking garage, and vehicle parking taking place on the roof. Rooftop open-air parking shall require a parapet wall of sufficient height to ensure vehicles are not visible from the nearest sidewalk. Such parapet wall shall be a minimum of four feet in height.
               Table 04.11.4.F-2, Parking Structure Type Descriptions and Standards
               DescriptionsStandardsImage
              Tuck‐under parking consists of a single row of covered parking spaces beneath a building.

              Access to tuck-under parking shall be provided by a drive aisle in a parking lot or alley unless front-facing tuck-under parking is present in the context area as established in Sec. 09.28.2, Identifying the Context.

              Tuck‐under parking may be combined with other parking types and is particularly appropriate for properties that slope away from the street right‐of‐way.

              In the mixed-use character districts, tuck-under parking shall be oriented toward an alley. 

              Stand-alone parking structures are freestanding structures located in the center of a larger block. 

              Access to stand-alone structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Stand-alone structures shall be separated from adjacent buildings by a minimum of 20 feet to provide sufficient light and privacy for adjacent structures. This separation may accommodate an alley and/or rear yards.

              Activated structures are parking structures with retail uses at the base that are oriented solely toward the street. 

              Liner buildings associated with activated structures may be directly attached or detached by a minimal fire separation distance. 

              Access to activated structures shall be provided from an alley or from a primary thoroughfare or secondary thoroughfare where no alley is present.

              Integrated structures are parking structures located within an occupied building. 

              Integrated structures may be fully or partially integrated with the surrounding building.

              Access to an integrated structure shall be provided directly from an alley or a secondary thoroughfare, where present. Integrated structures may provide direct access into the building on each floor.

              Rooftop parking is the combined use of a building, other than a parking garage, and vehicle parking taking place on the roof. Rooftop open-air parking shall require a parapet wall of sufficient height to ensure vehicles are not visible from the nearest sidewalk. Such parapet wall shall be a minimum of four feet in height.
              1. Size of Structured Parking Spaces. Individual parking spaces for structured parking facilities (parking garages) shall be a minimum of 8.5 feet in width and 16 feet in depth.
              2. General Design Standards. Parking structures shall be designed as follows:
                1. Internal circulation and parking levels shall be oriented so that a horizontal, rather than sloped, plane faces the principal thoroughfare abutting the structure
                2. Rooftop open-air parking shall be screened with a parapet of at least four feet in height.

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.11.4.G Bicycle Parking
            42. Minimum Space Requirements. Table 04.11.4.G, Bicycle Space Requirements, sets out the minimum required number of long-term bicycle parking and short-term bicycle parking. One bicycle parking rack may have room for several short-term spaces. Where an option is provided, whichever results in the greatest number of spaces is the minimum required. 
            43. Table 04.11.4.G, Bicycle Space Requirements
              Land Use / Building TypeRequired Long-Term Bicycle SpacesRequired Short-Term Bicycle Spaces
              Household Living, except those listed below:NoneNone
              Triplex/Quadplex or Apartment2 spaces or 1 space per 10 units; whichever is greater

              None

              Civic, except those listed below:2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees1; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 10,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              School, elementary or middle (public or private); School, high (public or private)2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater1 per classroom
              Entertainment, Indoor or Sexually-Oriented Business2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces, or 1 space per 20 seats, or 1 per 1,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Entertainment, Outdoor2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater8 spaces or 1 space per 500 seats; whichever is greater
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade2 spaces or 1 space per 20 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Medical Facilities2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Office22 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Overnight Accommodations2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 50 rooms; whichever is greater
              Parking, FreestandingNoneNone

              Restaurants

              2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces if less than 10 seats, 4 spaces if 10 or more seats
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service32 spaces or 1 space per 40,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 20,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater

              TABLE NOTES:

              Employees on largest shift.

              Office uses below 10,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle requirements.

              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service uses below 3,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle parking requirements. 

              Table 04.11.4.G, Bicycle Space Requirements
              Land Use / Building TypeRequired Long-Term Bicycle SpacesRequired Short-Term Bicycle Spaces
              Household Living, except those listed below:NoneNone
              Triplex/Quadplex or Apartment2 spaces or 1 space per 10 units; whichever is greater

              None

              Civic, except those listed below:2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees1; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 10,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              School, elementary or middle (public or private); School, high (public or private)2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater1 per classroom
              Entertainment, Indoor or Sexually-Oriented Business2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces, or 1 space per 20 seats, or 1 per 1,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Entertainment, Outdoor2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater8 spaces or 1 space per 500 seats; whichever is greater
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade2 spaces or 1 space per 20 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Medical Facilities2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Office22 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Overnight Accommodations2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 50 rooms; whichever is greater
              Parking, FreestandingNoneNone

              Restaurants

              2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces if less than 10 seats, 4 spaces if 10 or more seats
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service32 spaces or 1 space per 40,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 20,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater

              TABLE NOTES:

              Employees on largest shift.

              Office uses below 10,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle requirements.

              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service uses below 3,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle parking requirements. 

              Table 04.11.4.G, Bicycle Space Requirements
              Land Use / Building TypeRequired Long-Term Bicycle SpacesRequired Short-Term Bicycle Spaces
              Household Living, except those listed below:NoneNone
              Triplex/Quadplex or Apartment2 spaces or 1 space per 10 units; whichever is greater

              None

              Civic, except those listed below:2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees1; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 10,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              School, elementary or middle (public or private); School, high (public or private)2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater1 per classroom
              Entertainment, Indoor or Sexually-Oriented Business2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces, or 1 space per 20 seats, or 1 per 1,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Entertainment, Outdoor2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater8 spaces or 1 space per 500 seats; whichever is greater
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade2 spaces or 1 space per 20 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Medical Facilities2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Office22 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Overnight Accommodations2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 50 rooms; whichever is greater
              Parking, FreestandingNoneNone

              Restaurants

              2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces if less than 10 seats, 4 spaces if 10 or more seats
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service32 spaces or 1 space per 40,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 20,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater

              TABLE NOTES:

              Employees on largest shift.

              Office uses below 10,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle requirements.

              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service uses below 3,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle parking requirements. 

              Table 04.11.4.G, Bicycle Space Requirements
              Land Use / Building TypeRequired Long-Term Bicycle SpacesRequired Short-Term Bicycle Spaces
              Household Living, except those listed below:NoneNone
              Triplex/Quadplex or Apartment2 spaces or 1 space per 10 units; whichever is greater

              None

              Civic, except those listed below:2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees1; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 10,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              School, elementary or middle (public or private); School, high (public or private)2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater1 per classroom
              Entertainment, Indoor or Sexually-Oriented Business2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces, or 1 space per 20 seats, or 1 per 1,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Entertainment, Outdoor2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater8 spaces or 1 space per 500 seats; whichever is greater
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade2 spaces or 1 space per 20 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Medical Facilities2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greaterNone
              Office22 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 15,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater
              Overnight Accommodations2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 50 rooms; whichever is greater
              Parking, FreestandingNoneNone

              Restaurants

              2 spaces or 1 space per 50 employees; whichever is greater2 spaces if less than 10 seats, 4 spaces if 10 or more seats
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service32 spaces or 1 space per 40,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater2 spaces or 1 space per 20,000 sf. GFA; whichever is greater

              TABLE NOTES:

              Employees on largest shift.

              Office uses below 10,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle requirements.

              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service uses below 3,000 sf. GFA are exempt from bicycle parking requirements. 

              1. Anchors. All spaces provided shall include a metal anchor sufficient to secure the bicycle frame when used in conjunction with a user-supplied lock.
              2. Location
                1. Bicycle parking shall be located in a secure area, ideally covered from weather and shall be located as close to a building entrance as the closest on-site automobile parking space or within 40 feet of the entrance.
                2. Bicycle spaces shall be required on-site, except that public short-term bicycle parking facilities within the same block face, or within 400 feet of the main entrance may satisfy short-term parking requirements. Secured indoor spaces on-site with ample room and accessibility for bicycles may satisfy long-term parking requirements.
              1. Waiver. Where subsurface conditions or below-ground infrastructure make bicycle parking difficult or infeasible, the Administrator may reduce or waive the required bicycle parking or may approve different design and location standards for required bicycle parking spaces.
              2. Balcony Spaces. Required long-term bicycle spaces shall not be located on a residential balcony.
              3. Off-Street Parking Credit.  Refer to Sec. 04.11.6, Credits and Reductions, for off-street parking credits provided for bicycle parking that exceeds the minimums in Table 04.11.4.G, Bicycle Space Requirements.

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.11.4.H Loading
            44. Loading Table. Off-Street loading spaces shall be provided in accordance with the minimum ratios of Table 04.11.4.H, Required Loading Spaces. Unlisted use types do not require off-street loading spaces. 
            45. Table 04.11.4.H, Loading Space Requirements
              Land Use TypeBuilding Floor Area (sf. GFA)1Required Loading SpacesSpace Size (width feet x depth feet)
              Civic1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Entertainment, IndoorEntertainment, OutdoorMedical FacilitiesOvernight AccommodationsRestaurantsSexually-Oriented Business1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000+1 up to 40,000 sf. GFA + 1 additional up to 100,000 sf. GFA + 1 per 100,000 sf. GFA above 100,00010 x 25; 10 x 50 for building over 20,000 sf. GFA
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000 - 9,999110 x 25
              10,000 - 24,999210 x 25
              25,000 - 39,999210 x 50
              40,000 - 99,999310 x 50
              100,000 - 249,999410 x 50
              250,000+1 per 200,000 above 250,00010 x 50

              TABLE NOTES:

              1. This calculation may include building floor area and outdoor storage space per Sec. 04.11.4.H.3.
              Table 04.11.4.H, Loading Space Requirements
              Land Use TypeBuilding Floor Area (sf. GFA)1Required Loading SpacesSpace Size (width feet x depth feet)
              Civic1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Entertainment, IndoorEntertainment, OutdoorMedical FacilitiesOvernight AccommodationsRestaurantsSexually-Oriented Business1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000+1 up to 40,000 sf. GFA + 1 additional up to 100,000 sf. GFA + 1 per 100,000 sf. GFA above 100,00010 x 25; 10 x 50 for building over 20,000 sf. GFA
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000 - 9,999110 x 25
              10,000 - 24,999210 x 25
              25,000 - 39,999210 x 50
              40,000 - 99,999310 x 50
              100,000 - 249,999410 x 50
              250,000+1 per 200,000 above 250,00010 x 50

              TABLE NOTES:

              1. This calculation may include building floor area and outdoor storage space per Sec. 04.11.4.H.3.
              Table 04.11.4.H, Loading Space Requirements
              Land Use TypeBuilding Floor Area (sf. GFA)1Required Loading SpacesSpace Size (width feet x depth feet)
              Civic1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Entertainment, IndoorEntertainment, OutdoorMedical FacilitiesOvernight AccommodationsRestaurantsSexually-Oriented Business1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000+1 up to 40,000 sf. GFA + 1 additional up to 100,000 sf. GFA + 1 per 100,000 sf. GFA above 100,00010 x 25; 10 x 50 for building over 20,000 sf. GFA
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000 - 9,999110 x 25
              10,000 - 24,999210 x 25
              25,000 - 39,999210 x 50
              40,000 - 99,999310 x 50
              100,000 - 249,999410 x 50
              250,000+1 per 200,000 above 250,00010 x 50

              TABLE NOTES:

              1. This calculation may include building floor area and outdoor storage space per Sec. 04.11.4.H.3.
              Table 04.11.4.H, Loading Space Requirements
              Land Use TypeBuilding Floor Area (sf. GFA)1Required Loading SpacesSpace Size (width feet x depth feet)
              Civic1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Entertainment, IndoorEntertainment, OutdoorMedical FacilitiesOvernight AccommodationsRestaurantsSexually-Oriented Business1 - 9,999NoneN/A
              10,000+1 + 1 per 50,000 sf. GFA above 50,000 sf. GFA10 x 25
              Heavy Industrial; Light Industrial; Warehousing and Freight MovementWaste Related Service; and Wholesale Trade1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000+1 up to 40,000 sf. GFA + 1 additional up to 100,000 sf. GFA + 1 per 100,000 sf. GFA above 100,00010 x 25; 10 x 50 for building over 20,000 sf. GFA
              Retail Repair, Sales, and Service1 - 4,999NoneN/A
              5,000 - 9,999110 x 25
              10,000 - 24,999210 x 25
              25,000 - 39,999210 x 50
              40,000 - 99,999310 x 50
              100,000 - 249,999410 x 50
              250,000+1 per 200,000 above 250,00010 x 50

              TABLE NOTES:

              1. This calculation may include building floor area and outdoor storage space per Sec. 04.11.4.H.3.
              1. Mixed-Use Developments. Where mixed-use developments may be adequately and conveniently served by a common loading area, the Administrator may approve a reduction in spaces required in Table 04.11.4.H, Loading Space Requirements, per Sec. 04.11.6Credits and Reductions. For this purpose, the minimum number of required spaces shall be based on the median number of required spaces for each land use type n the development.
              2. Outdoor Storage. For the purposes calculating loading requirements, each two square feet of exterior area used for outdoor storage shall be considered equivalent to one square foot of enclosed gross floor area.
              3. Location. All off-street loading spaces shall be located on the same lot or an abutting lot as the use served. Loading areas for new development may be located in the side and minimum required rear setbacks, provided that all loading facilities shall be set back a minimum of 10 feet from the rear lot line and minimum side setback clearances are maintained. Loading areas for existing buildings in the mixed-use and SU districts that have undergone a change in permitted use are not required to observe these setback. 
              4. Use of Off-Street Loading Space. No building of any kind may be erected in any off-street loading area.
              1. Design and Layout.
                1. The vehicle use area plan required in Sec. 04.11.2, General Provisions, shall show the number and location of loading spaces, including necessary maneuvering of trucks and dock and apron approaches, and arrangements of access aisles, location of access points onto adjacent streets, provisions for truck circulation, location of curbs on or adjacent to the property, utilities, location of signs, typical cross sections of pavement, including base and subbase, proposed grade of lot, storm drainage facilities, location and type of lighting facilities, and such other information or plans as the circumstances may warrant. Where such loading or unloading plans include provisions for access points to adjacent streets, then the plans shall also be prepared in accordance with the requirements of this article.
                2. Each required off-street loading or unloading space shall be designed with direct access via an approved access drive to a public right-of-way that offers efficient ingress, egress, and safety for trucks. Access drives or aisles shall be laid out with a width of at least 12 feet for one-way circulation and at least 22 feet for two-way circulation with intersection radii not to be less than 50 feet.
                3. All off-street loading or unloading areas, including spaces, maneuvering, and storage areas for truck parking shall be paved with asphalt, concrete, or Portland cement concrete. 
                4. Any lighting used to illuminate off-street loading or unloading areas may not glare on any right-of-way or adjacent property. 
                5. All loading areas in a Commercial and Office character districts shall be effectively screened in one of the following manners on each side adjoining or fronting on any property situated in a Residential, Mixed-Use, or Special Purpose character district:
                  1. The loading area shall be enclosed by a roof and a wall between the principal building and the property boundary line (as depicted in Figure 04.11.4.H, Illustrative Example of Enclosed Loading, below) so that the portion of the bufferyard between the enclosed loading and the property line may be reduced by one level of opacity with the remainder of the bufferyard being the opacity level required by Table 04.12.5Bufferyards, for the applicable character district; or
                  2. The loading area shall be screened along its length by a district bufferyard per Sec. 04.12.5Bufferyards, that has one additional level of opacity (for example, from a Type II bufferyard to a Type III bufferyard) than required by Table 04.12.5 and, additionally, the loading area shall contain an eight-foot tall masonry wall that is designed and constructed to compliment the primary exterior finish materials or design of the principal building.
               Figure 04.11.4.H, Illustrative Example of Enclosed Loading

              Effective on: 10/15/2020

              Subsec. 04.11.4.I Stacking
            46. Generally. Any development that involves a drive-through facility shall provide stacking spaces in accordance with this Section.
            47. Dimensions. Stacking lanes shall have a minimum width of nine feet and a minimum depth of 18 feet.
            48. Uses.
              1. Restaurants. A drive-through restaurant shall provide a minimum of five such stacking spaces for each stacking lane, measured from the pick-up window.
              2. All Other Uses. Any use with a drive-through, except for a restaurant, shall provide a minimum of three stacking spaces,  measured from a payment window, ATM, or entrance of a washing or mechanical bay.
            49. Queuing. Stacking lanes shall not cause queued vehicles to encroach upon or interfere with the use of the adjacent public right-of-way. 
            50. Effective on: 10/15/2020